File: | tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h |
Warning: | line 274, column 7 Excessive padding in 'class clang::Sema' (75 padding bytes, where 3 is optimal). Optimal fields order: ExternalSource, LangOpts, PP, Context, Consumer, Diags, SourceMgr, CodeCompleter, CurContext, OriginalLexicalContext, VAListTagName, CurInitSeg, VisContext, PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl, PreallocatedFunctionScope, FieldCollector, PureVirtualClassDiagSet, LateTemplateParser, LateTemplateParserCleanup, OpaqueParser, DelayedDiagnostics, TUScope, StdNamespace, StdBadAlloc, StdAlignValT, StdExperimentalNamespaceCache, StdInitializerList, CXXTypeInfoDecl, MSVCGuidDecl, NSAPIObj, NSNumberDecl, NSValueDecl, NSNumberPointer, NSValuePointer, NSStringDecl, NSStringPointer, StringWithUTF8StringMethod, ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod, NSArrayDecl, ArrayWithObjectsMethod, NSDictionaryDecl, DictionaryWithObjectsMethod, QIDNSCopying, RespondsToSelectorSel, CXXThisTypeOverride, CurrentInstantiationScope, ThreadSafetyDeclCache, VarDataSharingAttributesStack, TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues, CurScope, Ident_super, Ident___float128, Ident__Nonnull, Ident__Nullable, Ident__Null_unspecified, Ident_NSError, SemaPPCallbackHandler, CFError, IdResolver, SpecialMemberCache, TemplateInstCallbacks, OpenCLFeatures, ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers, FlagBitsCache, UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations, UnparsedDefaultArgLocs, MethodPool, VisibleModules, ShadowingDecls, VTablesUsed, InstantiatingSpecializations, InstantiatedNonDependentTypes, LookupModulesCache, VisibleNamespaceCache, SuppressedDiagnostics, TypoCorrectionFailures, CurrOpenCLExtension, OpenCLTypeExtMap, OpenCLDeclExtMap, CUDADeferredDiags, LocsWithCUDACallDiags, CUDAKnownEmittedFns, CUDACallGraph, CurrentSEHFinally, PragmaClangBSSSection, PragmaClangDataSection, PragmaClangRodataSection, PragmaClangTextSection, WeakTopLevelDecl, NullabilityMap, LateParsedInstantiations, MaybeODRUseExprs, FunctionScopes, DeleteExprs, DelayedExceptionSpecChecks, DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs, LateParsedTemplateMap, WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers, UndefinedButUsed, ReferencedSelectors, CurrentParameterCopyTypes, DelayedTypos, KnownNamespaces, DelayedDllExportClasses, ParsingInitForAutoVars, SpecialMembersBeingDeclared, TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions, ExtVectorDecls, TentativeDefinitions, UnusedFileScopedDecls, DelegatingCtorDecls, PendingInstantiations, PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations, ExprCleanupObjects, AnalysisWarnings, VtorDispStack, PackStack, UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates, DataSegStack, BSSSegStack, ConstSegStack, CodeSegStack, PackIncludeStack, NSNumberLiteralMethods, BumpAlloc, PragmaAttributeStack, CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules, MisalignedMembers, VTableUses, UnusedPrivateFields, ModuleScopes, CodeSynthesisContexts, ExprEvalContexts, FPFeatures, MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod, ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc, CurInitSegLoc, OptimizeOffPragmaLocation, TUKind, NumSFINAEErrors, NonInstantiationEntries, LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth, ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex, TyposCorrected, ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth, isMultiplexExternalSource, CollectStats, MSStructPragmaOn, IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr, GlobalNewDeleteDeclared, AllowAbstractFieldReference, LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces, AccessCheckingSFINAE, InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext, DisableTypoCorrection, IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext, Cleanup, consider reordering the fields or adding explicit padding members |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
4 | // |
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
7 | // |
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9 | // |
10 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
11 | // builds ASTs. |
12 | // |
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
14 | |
15 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
16 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
17 | |
18 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
31 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
37 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
44 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
45 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
46 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
47 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
48 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
49 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
50 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
51 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
52 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
53 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
54 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
55 | #include <deque> |
56 | #include <memory> |
57 | #include <string> |
58 | #include <vector> |
59 | |
60 | namespace llvm { |
61 | class APSInt; |
62 | template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; |
63 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
64 | class SmallBitVector; |
65 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
66 | } |
67 | |
68 | namespace clang { |
69 | class ADLResult; |
70 | class ASTConsumer; |
71 | class ASTContext; |
72 | class ASTMutationListener; |
73 | class ASTReader; |
74 | class ASTWriter; |
75 | class ArrayType; |
76 | class AttributeList; |
77 | class BindingDecl; |
78 | class BlockDecl; |
79 | class CapturedDecl; |
80 | class CXXBasePath; |
81 | class CXXBasePaths; |
82 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
83 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
84 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
85 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
86 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
87 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
88 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
89 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
90 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
91 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
92 | class CXXTemporary; |
93 | class CXXTryStmt; |
94 | class CallExpr; |
95 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
96 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
97 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
98 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
99 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
100 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
101 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
102 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
103 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
104 | class Decl; |
105 | class DeclAccessPair; |
106 | class DeclContext; |
107 | class DeclRefExpr; |
108 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
109 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
110 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
111 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
112 | class Designation; |
113 | class EnableIfAttr; |
114 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
115 | class Expr; |
116 | class ExtVectorType; |
117 | class FormatAttr; |
118 | class FriendDecl; |
119 | class FunctionDecl; |
120 | class FunctionProtoType; |
121 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
122 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
123 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
124 | class InitListExpr; |
125 | class InitializationKind; |
126 | class InitializationSequence; |
127 | class InitializedEntity; |
128 | class IntegerLiteral; |
129 | class LabelStmt; |
130 | class LambdaExpr; |
131 | class LangOptions; |
132 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
133 | class LookupResult; |
134 | class MacroInfo; |
135 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
136 | class ModuleLoader; |
137 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
138 | class NamedDecl; |
139 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
140 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
141 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
142 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
143 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
144 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
145 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
146 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
147 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
148 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
149 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
150 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
151 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
152 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
153 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
154 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
155 | class OMPClause; |
156 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
157 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
158 | class OverloadExpr; |
159 | class ParenListExpr; |
160 | class ParmVarDecl; |
161 | class Preprocessor; |
162 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
163 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
164 | class QualType; |
165 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
166 | class Stmt; |
167 | class StringLiteral; |
168 | class SwitchStmt; |
169 | class TemplateArgument; |
170 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
171 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
172 | class TemplateDecl; |
173 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
174 | class TemplateParameterList; |
175 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
176 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
177 | class Token; |
178 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
179 | class TypedefDecl; |
180 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
181 | class TypeLoc; |
182 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
183 | class UnqualifiedId; |
184 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
185 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
186 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
187 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
188 | class UsingDecl; |
189 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
190 | class ValueDecl; |
191 | class VarDecl; |
192 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
193 | class VisibilityAttr; |
194 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
195 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
196 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
197 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
198 | |
199 | namespace sema { |
200 | class AccessedEntity; |
201 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
202 | class Capture; |
203 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
204 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
205 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
206 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
207 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
208 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
209 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
210 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
211 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
212 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
213 | } |
214 | |
215 | namespace threadSafety { |
216 | class BeforeSet; |
217 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
218 | } |
219 | |
220 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
221 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
222 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
223 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
224 | |
225 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
226 | /// file. |
227 | struct FileNullability { |
228 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
229 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
230 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
231 | |
232 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
233 | /// placing fix-its. |
234 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
235 | |
236 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
237 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
238 | |
239 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
240 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
241 | }; |
242 | |
243 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
244 | /// information in that file. |
245 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
246 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
247 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
248 | |
249 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
250 | struct { |
251 | FileID File; |
252 | FileNullability Nullability; |
253 | } Cache; |
254 | |
255 | public: |
256 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
257 | // Check the single-element cache. |
258 | if (file == Cache.File) |
259 | return Cache.Nullability; |
260 | |
261 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
262 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
263 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
264 | } |
265 | |
266 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
267 | Cache.File = file; |
268 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
269 | return Cache.Nullability; |
270 | } |
271 | }; |
272 | |
273 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
274 | class Sema { |
Excessive padding in 'class clang::Sema' (75 padding bytes, where 3 is optimal).
Optimal fields order:
ExternalSource,
LangOpts,
PP,
Context,
Consumer,
Diags,
SourceMgr,
CodeCompleter,
CurContext,
OriginalLexicalContext,
VAListTagName,
CurInitSeg,
VisContext,
PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl,
PreallocatedFunctionScope,
FieldCollector,
PureVirtualClassDiagSet,
LateTemplateParser,
LateTemplateParserCleanup,
OpaqueParser,
DelayedDiagnostics,
TUScope,
StdNamespace,
StdBadAlloc,
StdAlignValT,
StdExperimentalNamespaceCache,
StdInitializerList,
CXXTypeInfoDecl,
MSVCGuidDecl,
NSAPIObj,
NSNumberDecl,
NSValueDecl,
NSNumberPointer,
NSValuePointer,
NSStringDecl,
NSStringPointer,
StringWithUTF8StringMethod,
ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod,
NSArrayDecl,
ArrayWithObjectsMethod,
NSDictionaryDecl,
DictionaryWithObjectsMethod,
QIDNSCopying,
RespondsToSelectorSel,
CXXThisTypeOverride,
CurrentInstantiationScope,
ThreadSafetyDeclCache,
VarDataSharingAttributesStack,
TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues,
CurScope,
Ident_super,
Ident___float128,
Ident__Nonnull,
Ident__Nullable,
Ident__Null_unspecified,
Ident_NSError,
SemaPPCallbackHandler,
CFError,
IdResolver,
SpecialMemberCache,
TemplateInstCallbacks,
OpenCLFeatures,
ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers,
FlagBitsCache,
UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations,
UnparsedDefaultArgLocs,
MethodPool,
VisibleModules,
ShadowingDecls,
VTablesUsed,
InstantiatingSpecializations,
InstantiatedNonDependentTypes,
LookupModulesCache,
VisibleNamespaceCache,
SuppressedDiagnostics,
TypoCorrectionFailures,
CurrOpenCLExtension,
OpenCLTypeExtMap,
OpenCLDeclExtMap,
CUDADeferredDiags,
LocsWithCUDACallDiags,
CUDAKnownEmittedFns,
CUDACallGraph,
CurrentSEHFinally,
PragmaClangBSSSection,
PragmaClangDataSection,
PragmaClangRodataSection,
PragmaClangTextSection,
WeakTopLevelDecl,
NullabilityMap,
LateParsedInstantiations,
MaybeODRUseExprs,
FunctionScopes,
DeleteExprs,
DelayedExceptionSpecChecks,
DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs,
LateParsedTemplateMap,
WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers,
UndefinedButUsed,
ReferencedSelectors,
CurrentParameterCopyTypes,
DelayedTypos,
KnownNamespaces,
DelayedDllExportClasses,
ParsingInitForAutoVars,
SpecialMembersBeingDeclared,
TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions,
ExtVectorDecls,
TentativeDefinitions,
UnusedFileScopedDecls,
DelegatingCtorDecls,
PendingInstantiations,
PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations,
ExprCleanupObjects,
AnalysisWarnings,
VtorDispStack,
PackStack,
UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates,
DataSegStack,
BSSSegStack,
ConstSegStack,
CodeSegStack,
PackIncludeStack,
NSNumberLiteralMethods,
BumpAlloc,
PragmaAttributeStack,
CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules,
MisalignedMembers,
VTableUses,
UnusedPrivateFields,
ModuleScopes,
CodeSynthesisContexts,
ExprEvalContexts,
FPFeatures,
MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod,
ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc,
CurInitSegLoc,
OptimizeOffPragmaLocation,
TUKind,
NumSFINAEErrors,
NonInstantiationEntries,
LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth,
ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex,
TyposCorrected,
ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth,
isMultiplexExternalSource,
CollectStats,
MSStructPragmaOn,
IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr,
GlobalNewDeleteDeclared,
AllowAbstractFieldReference,
LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces,
AccessCheckingSFINAE,
InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext,
DisableTypoCorrection,
IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext,
Cleanup,
consider reordering the fields or adding explicit padding members | |
275 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
276 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
277 | |
278 | ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. |
279 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
280 | |
281 | ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
282 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
283 | |
284 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
285 | |
286 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
287 | |
288 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
289 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
290 | /// not have external linkage. |
291 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
292 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
293 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
294 | return true; |
295 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
296 | // of the new declaration here. |
297 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
298 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
299 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
300 | return true; |
301 | } |
302 | return false; |
303 | } |
304 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
305 | |
306 | public: |
307 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
308 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
309 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
310 | |
311 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
312 | FPOptions FPFeatures; |
313 | |
314 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
315 | Preprocessor &PP; |
316 | ASTContext &Context; |
317 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
318 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
319 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
320 | |
321 | /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
322 | bool CollectStats; |
323 | |
324 | /// \brief Code-completion consumer. |
325 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
326 | |
327 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
328 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
329 | |
330 | /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
331 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
332 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
333 | |
334 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
335 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
336 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
337 | |
338 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
339 | |
340 | /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
341 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
342 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
343 | |
344 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
345 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
346 | |
347 | /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
348 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
349 | |
350 | /// \brief pragma clang section kind |
351 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
352 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
353 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
354 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
355 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
356 | PCSK_Text = 4 |
357 | }; |
358 | |
359 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
360 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
361 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
362 | }; |
363 | |
364 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
365 | std::string SectionName; |
366 | bool Valid = false; |
367 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
368 | |
369 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
370 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
371 | StringLiteral* Name); |
372 | }; |
373 | |
374 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
375 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
376 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
377 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
378 | |
379 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
380 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
381 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
382 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
383 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
384 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
385 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
386 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
387 | }; |
388 | |
389 | template<typename ValueType> |
390 | struct PragmaStack { |
391 | struct Slot { |
392 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
393 | ValueType Value; |
394 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
395 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
396 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
397 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
398 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
399 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
400 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
401 | }; |
402 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
403 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
404 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
405 | ValueType Value); |
406 | |
407 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
408 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
409 | // |
410 | // struct S { |
411 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
412 | // void Method {} |
413 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
414 | // }; |
415 | // |
416 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
417 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
418 | // syntax. |
419 | // |
420 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
421 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
422 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
423 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
424 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
425 | } |
426 | |
427 | // Constructors. |
428 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
429 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
430 | |
431 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
432 | |
433 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
434 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
435 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
436 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
437 | }; |
438 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
439 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
440 | |
441 | /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
442 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
443 | /// |
444 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
445 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
446 | /// structors |
447 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
448 | /// objects |
449 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack; |
450 | // #pragma pack. |
451 | // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment. |
452 | static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U; |
453 | PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack; |
454 | // The current #pragma pack values and locations at each #include. |
455 | struct PackIncludeState { |
456 | unsigned CurrentValue; |
457 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
458 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
459 | }; |
460 | SmallVector<PackIncludeState, 8> PackIncludeStack; |
461 | // Segment #pragmas. |
462 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
463 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
464 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
465 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
466 | |
467 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
468 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
469 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
470 | public: |
471 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
472 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
473 | |
474 | private: |
475 | Sema &S; |
476 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
477 | bool ShouldAct; |
478 | }; |
479 | |
480 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
481 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
482 | |
483 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
484 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
485 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
486 | |
487 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
488 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
489 | |
490 | /// \brief This represents the stack of attributes that were pushed by |
491 | /// \#pragma clang attribute. |
492 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
493 | SourceLocation Loc; |
494 | AttributeList *Attribute; |
495 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
496 | bool IsUsed; |
497 | }; |
498 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
499 | |
500 | /// \brief The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
501 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
502 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
503 | |
504 | /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
505 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
506 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
507 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
508 | |
509 | /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
510 | /// |
511 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
512 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
513 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
514 | |
515 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
516 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
517 | |
518 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
519 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The |
520 | /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. |
521 | SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
522 | |
523 | /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs |
524 | /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not |
525 | /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue |
526 | /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions |
527 | /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each |
528 | /// full expression. |
529 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; |
530 | |
531 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> PreallocatedFunctionScope; |
532 | |
533 | /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested |
534 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
535 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
536 | |
537 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
538 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
539 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
540 | |
541 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
542 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
543 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
544 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
545 | |
546 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
547 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
548 | |
549 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
550 | |
551 | /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
552 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
553 | |
554 | /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
555 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
556 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
557 | |
558 | /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
559 | /// |
560 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
561 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
562 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
563 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
564 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
565 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
566 | |
567 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
568 | |
569 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
570 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
571 | /// same list more than once. |
572 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
573 | |
574 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
575 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
576 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
577 | |
578 | /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
579 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
580 | |
581 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
582 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
583 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
584 | |
585 | /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
586 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
587 | |
588 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
589 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
590 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
591 | |
592 | /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
593 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
594 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
595 | |
596 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
597 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
598 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
599 | |
600 | /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
601 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
602 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
603 | |
604 | /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
605 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
606 | /// function. |
607 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
608 | DelayedExceptionSpecChecks; |
609 | |
610 | /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both |
611 | /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception |
612 | /// specifications, along with the function type containing their |
613 | /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications |
614 | /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to |
615 | /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and |
616 | /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. |
617 | SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> |
618 | DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; |
619 | |
620 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
621 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
622 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
623 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
624 | |
625 | /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
626 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
627 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
628 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
629 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
630 | void *OpaqueParser; |
631 | |
632 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
633 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
634 | void *P) { |
635 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
636 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
637 | OpaqueParser = P; |
638 | } |
639 | |
640 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
641 | |
642 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
643 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
644 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
645 | }; |
646 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
647 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
648 | |
649 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
650 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
651 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
652 | /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
653 | /// diagnostics should go. |
654 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
655 | |
656 | public: |
657 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
658 | |
659 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
660 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
661 | |
662 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
663 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
664 | |
665 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
666 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
667 | return CurPool; |
668 | } |
669 | |
670 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
671 | /// collected in this pool. |
672 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
673 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
674 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
675 | CurPool = &pool; |
676 | return state; |
677 | } |
678 | |
679 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
680 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
681 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
682 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
683 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
684 | } |
685 | |
686 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
687 | /// not delayed. |
688 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
689 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
690 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
691 | CurPool = nullptr; |
692 | return state; |
693 | } |
694 | |
695 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
696 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
697 | assert(CurPool == nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (CurPool == nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurPool == nullptr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 697, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
698 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
699 | } |
700 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
701 | |
702 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
703 | class ContextRAII { |
704 | private: |
705 | Sema &S; |
706 | DeclContext *SavedContext; |
707 | ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; |
708 | QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
709 | |
710 | public: |
711 | ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
712 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
713 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
714 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) |
715 | { |
716 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")(static_cast <bool> (ContextToPush && "pushing null context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextToPush && \"pushing null context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
717 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
718 | if (NewThisContext) |
719 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
720 | } |
721 | |
722 | void pop() { |
723 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
724 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
725 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
726 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
727 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
728 | } |
729 | |
730 | ~ContextRAII() { |
731 | pop(); |
732 | } |
733 | }; |
734 | |
735 | /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
736 | /// a function body. |
737 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
738 | Sema &S; |
739 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
740 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
741 | |
742 | public: |
743 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
744 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
745 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
746 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
747 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
748 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
749 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
750 | else |
751 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 751, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
752 | } |
753 | |
754 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
755 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)(static_cast <bool> (!PushedCodeSynthesisContext) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PushedCodeSynthesisContext", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 755, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
756 | |
757 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
758 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
759 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
760 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
761 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
762 | |
763 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
764 | } |
765 | |
766 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
767 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
768 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
769 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
770 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
771 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
772 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
773 | } |
774 | }; |
775 | |
776 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
777 | /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another |
778 | /// identifier, declared or undeclared |
779 | llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
780 | |
781 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
782 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
783 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
784 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
785 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
786 | |
787 | |
788 | /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
789 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
790 | |
791 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
792 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
793 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
794 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
795 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
796 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
797 | |
798 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
799 | |
800 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
801 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
802 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
803 | Scope *TUScope; |
804 | |
805 | /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
806 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
807 | |
808 | /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
809 | /// standard library. |
810 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
811 | |
812 | /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
813 | /// standard library. |
814 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
815 | |
816 | /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
817 | /// of the standard library resides. |
818 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
819 | |
820 | /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
821 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
822 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
823 | |
824 | /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
825 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
826 | |
827 | /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
828 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
829 | |
830 | /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
831 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
832 | |
833 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
834 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
835 | |
836 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
837 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
838 | |
839 | /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
840 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
841 | |
842 | /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
843 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
844 | |
845 | /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
846 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
847 | |
848 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
849 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
850 | |
851 | /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
852 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
853 | |
854 | /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
855 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
856 | |
857 | /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
858 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
859 | |
860 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
861 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
862 | |
863 | /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
864 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
865 | |
866 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
867 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
868 | |
869 | /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
870 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
871 | |
872 | /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. |
873 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
874 | |
875 | /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
876 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
877 | |
878 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
879 | /// have been declared. |
880 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
881 | |
882 | /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract |
883 | /// references to fields. This is really a |
884 | bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; |
885 | |
886 | /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
887 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
888 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
889 | /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
890 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
891 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
892 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
893 | /// run time. |
894 | Unevaluated, |
895 | |
896 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
897 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
898 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
899 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
900 | UnevaluatedList, |
901 | |
902 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
903 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
904 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
905 | DiscardedStatement, |
906 | |
907 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
908 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
909 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
910 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
911 | |
912 | /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
913 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
914 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
915 | ConstantEvaluated, |
916 | |
917 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
918 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
919 | /// expression at run time. |
920 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
921 | |
922 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
923 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
924 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
925 | /// |
926 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
927 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
928 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
929 | /// until the default argument is used. |
930 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
931 | }; |
932 | |
933 | /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested |
934 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
935 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
936 | /// \brief The expression evaluation context. |
937 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
938 | |
939 | /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
940 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
941 | |
942 | /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. |
943 | bool IsDecltype; |
944 | |
945 | /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
946 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
947 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
948 | |
949 | /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
950 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
951 | unsigned NumTypos; |
952 | |
953 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
954 | |
955 | /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
956 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
957 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
958 | |
959 | /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
960 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
961 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
962 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
963 | |
964 | /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions |
965 | /// and block literals within this context. |
966 | /// |
967 | /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts |
968 | /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. |
969 | std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; |
970 | |
971 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
972 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
973 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
974 | |
975 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
976 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
977 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
978 | |
979 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
980 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
981 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
982 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
983 | bool IsDecltype) |
984 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
985 | IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), |
986 | NumTypos(0), |
987 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } |
988 | |
989 | /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently |
990 | /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. |
991 | MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); |
992 | |
993 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
994 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
995 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
996 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
997 | } |
998 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
999 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated; |
1000 | } |
1001 | }; |
1002 | |
1003 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
1004 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
1005 | |
1006 | /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
1007 | /// block literal. |
1008 | /// |
1009 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
1010 | /// block literal. |
1011 | /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl |
1012 | /// associated with the context, if relevant. |
1013 | MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( |
1014 | const DeclContext *DC, |
1015 | Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); |
1016 | |
1017 | |
1018 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
1019 | /// function. |
1020 | /// |
1021 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
1022 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
1023 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1024 | public: |
1025 | enum Kind { |
1026 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
1027 | Ambiguous, |
1028 | Success |
1029 | }; |
1030 | |
1031 | private: |
1032 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; |
1033 | |
1034 | public: |
1035 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {} |
1036 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
1037 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
1038 | |
1039 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
1040 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
1041 | |
1042 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
1043 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
1044 | }; |
1045 | |
1046 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
1047 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
1048 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1049 | public: |
1050 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
1051 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
1052 | {} |
1053 | }; |
1054 | |
1055 | /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
1056 | /// for C++ records. |
1057 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
1058 | |
1059 | /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
1060 | /// attribute. |
1061 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
1062 | |
1063 | /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
1064 | /// |
1065 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
1066 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
1067 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
1068 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
1069 | /// checks. |
1070 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
1071 | |
1072 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
1073 | |
1074 | /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
1075 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
1076 | |
1077 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
1078 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
1079 | |
1080 | /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
1081 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
1082 | /// |
1083 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
1084 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
1085 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
1086 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
1087 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
1088 | |
1089 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
1090 | // argument locations. |
1091 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
1092 | |
1093 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
1094 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
1095 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
1096 | |
1097 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
1098 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
1099 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
1100 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
1101 | |
1102 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
1103 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
1104 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
1105 | |
1106 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
1107 | /// the end of translation unit. |
1108 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
1109 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
1110 | |
1111 | typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; |
1112 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; |
1113 | |
1114 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
1115 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
1116 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
1117 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
1118 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
1119 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
1120 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
1121 | |
1122 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
1123 | /// of -Wselector. |
1124 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
1125 | |
1126 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
1127 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
1128 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
1129 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
1130 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
1131 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
1132 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
1133 | CXXDestructor, |
1134 | CXXInvalid |
1135 | }; |
1136 | |
1137 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
1138 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
1139 | |
1140 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
1141 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
1142 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
1143 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
1144 | |
1145 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
1146 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
1147 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
1148 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
1149 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
1150 | |
1151 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
1152 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
1153 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
1154 | |
1155 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
1156 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
1157 | |
1158 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
1159 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
1160 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
1161 | |
1162 | /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
1163 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
1164 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
1165 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
1166 | |
1167 | /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound |
1168 | /// statements. |
1169 | class FPContractStateRAII { |
1170 | public: |
1171 | FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {} |
1172 | ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; } |
1173 | |
1174 | private: |
1175 | Sema& S; |
1176 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
1177 | }; |
1178 | |
1179 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
1180 | |
1181 | public: |
1182 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
1183 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
1184 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
1185 | ~Sema(); |
1186 | |
1187 | /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
1188 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
1189 | void Initialize(); |
1190 | |
1191 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
1192 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
1193 | FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } |
1194 | |
1195 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
1196 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
1197 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
1198 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
1199 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
1200 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
1201 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
1202 | |
1203 | ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
1204 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
1205 | /// |
1206 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
1207 | /// |
1208 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
1209 | |
1210 | void PrintStats() const; |
1211 | |
1212 | /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
1213 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
1214 | /// |
1215 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
1216 | /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is |
1217 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
1218 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
1219 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
1220 | /// well. |
1221 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
1222 | Sema &SemaRef; |
1223 | unsigned DiagID; |
1224 | |
1225 | public: |
1226 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
1227 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } |
1228 | |
1229 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
1230 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
1231 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
1232 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
1233 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op |
1234 | // in that case anwyay. |
1235 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default; |
1236 | |
1237 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { |
1238 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
1239 | if (!isActive()) return; |
1240 | |
1241 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying |
1242 | // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it |
1243 | // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
1244 | // |
1245 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
1246 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
1247 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
1248 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
1249 | // eliminate that code. |
1250 | FlushCounts(); |
1251 | Clear(); |
1252 | |
1253 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
1254 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
1255 | } |
1256 | |
1257 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
1258 | template<typename T> |
1259 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( |
1260 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
1261 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
1262 | BaseDiag << Value; |
1263 | return Diag; |
1264 | } |
1265 | }; |
1266 | |
1267 | /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. |
1268 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { |
1269 | DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); |
1270 | return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); |
1271 | } |
1272 | |
1273 | /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. |
1274 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); |
1275 | |
1276 | /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. |
1277 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
1278 | |
1279 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
1280 | |
1281 | /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
1282 | std::string |
1283 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1284 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1285 | |
1286 | /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
1287 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
1288 | |
1289 | /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
1290 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
1291 | |
1292 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
1293 | |
1294 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
1295 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
1296 | |
1297 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
1298 | |
1299 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
1300 | |
1301 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
1302 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
1303 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
1304 | |
1305 | /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
1306 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
1307 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
1308 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
1309 | |
1310 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
1311 | RecordDecl *RD, |
1312 | CapturedRegionKind K); |
1313 | void |
1314 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
1315 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
1316 | const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr); |
1317 | |
1318 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
1319 | return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back(); |
1320 | } |
1321 | |
1322 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const; |
1323 | |
1324 | void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope(); |
1325 | void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
1326 | void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto(); |
1327 | |
1328 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
1329 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
1330 | |
1331 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
1332 | |
1333 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
1334 | |
1335 | /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. |
1336 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
1337 | |
1338 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
1339 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
1340 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
1341 | /// lambda scopes. |
1342 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
1343 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
1344 | |
1345 | /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
1346 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
1347 | |
1348 | /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
1349 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
1350 | |
1351 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
1352 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
1353 | |
1354 | void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); |
1355 | |
1356 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1357 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
1358 | // |
1359 | |
1360 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
1361 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1362 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
1363 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1364 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
1365 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1366 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
1367 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1368 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
1369 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
1370 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
1371 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
1372 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1373 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
1374 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1375 | |
1376 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1377 | |
1378 | /// \brief Build a function type. |
1379 | /// |
1380 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
1381 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
1382 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
1383 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
1384 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
1385 | /// |
1386 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
1387 | /// |
1388 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
1389 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
1390 | /// function parameters. |
1391 | /// |
1392 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
1393 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
1394 | /// type that will have function type. |
1395 | /// |
1396 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
1397 | /// type, if known. |
1398 | /// |
1399 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
1400 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
1401 | /// |
1402 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
1403 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
1404 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
1405 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
1406 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
1407 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
1408 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
1409 | |
1410 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
1411 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1412 | DeclarationName Entity); |
1413 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
1414 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1415 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
1416 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1417 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
1418 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1419 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
1420 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1421 | |
1422 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
1423 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
1424 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, |
1425 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); |
1426 | |
1427 | /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
1428 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
1429 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
1430 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
1431 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
1432 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
1433 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); |
1434 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
1435 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
1436 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
1437 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
1438 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
1439 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
1440 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
1441 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1442 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1443 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1444 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1445 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
1446 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1447 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1448 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
1449 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
1450 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1451 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1452 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
1453 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
1454 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
1455 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
1456 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1457 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1458 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
1459 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
1460 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
1461 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
1462 | |
1463 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1464 | |
1465 | /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
1466 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
1467 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
1468 | |
1469 | /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
1470 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
1471 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1472 | |
1473 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
1474 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1475 | }; |
1476 | |
1477 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
1478 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
1479 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
1480 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
1481 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
1482 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
1483 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
1484 | return II; |
1485 | } |
1486 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
1487 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
1488 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
1489 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
1490 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
1491 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
1492 | |
1493 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
1494 | unsigned DiagID; |
1495 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
1496 | |
1497 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
1498 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
1499 | llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
1500 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
1501 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
1502 | (void)Dummy; |
1503 | } |
1504 | |
1505 | public: |
1506 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
1507 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
1508 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")(static_cast <bool> (DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagID != 0 && \"no diagnostic for type diagnoser\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1508, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1509 | } |
1510 | |
1511 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
1512 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
1513 | emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
1514 | DB << T; |
1515 | } |
1516 | }; |
1517 | |
1518 | private: |
1519 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1520 | TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
1521 | |
1522 | struct ModuleScope { |
1523 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
1524 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
1525 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
1526 | }; |
1527 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
1528 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
1529 | |
1530 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
1531 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
1532 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
1533 | } |
1534 | |
1535 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
1536 | |
1537 | public: |
1538 | /// \brief Get the module owning an entity. |
1539 | Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) { return Entity->getOwningModule(); } |
1540 | |
1541 | /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
1542 | /// visible at the specified location. |
1543 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
1544 | |
1545 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); } |
1546 | |
1547 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
1548 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1549 | return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
1550 | } |
1551 | |
1552 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
1553 | bool |
1554 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
1555 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
1556 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
1557 | } |
1558 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
1559 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
1560 | |
1561 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
1562 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
1563 | |
1564 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
1565 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
1566 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
1567 | |
1568 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
1569 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
1570 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
1571 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
1572 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1573 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
1574 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
1575 | } |
1576 | |
1577 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
1578 | bool |
1579 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
1580 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1581 | |
1582 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
1583 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
1584 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
1585 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
1586 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1587 | |
1588 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
1589 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
1590 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
1591 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1592 | |
1593 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
1594 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
1595 | /// an extension warning. |
1596 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
1597 | const NamedDecl *B); |
1598 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
1599 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
1600 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
1601 | |
1602 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { |
1603 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr); |
1604 | } |
1605 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1606 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1607 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1608 | unsigned DiagID); |
1609 | |
1610 | template <typename... Ts> |
1611 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1612 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1613 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1614 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1615 | } |
1616 | |
1617 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
1618 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1619 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
1620 | |
1621 | template <typename... Ts> |
1622 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
1623 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1624 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); |
1625 | } |
1626 | |
1627 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1628 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1629 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
1630 | |
1631 | template <typename... Ts> |
1632 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1633 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1634 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1635 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1636 | } |
1637 | |
1638 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
1639 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); |
1640 | |
1641 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
1642 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
1643 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
1644 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, |
1645 | bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
1646 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
1647 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
1648 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1649 | |
1650 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1651 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
1652 | // |
1653 | |
1654 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
1655 | SkipBodyInfo() |
1656 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
1657 | New(nullptr) {} |
1658 | bool ShouldSkip; |
1659 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
1660 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
1661 | NamedDecl *New; |
1662 | }; |
1663 | |
1664 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
1665 | |
1666 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
1667 | |
1668 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
1669 | |
1670 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1671 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
1672 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
1673 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
1674 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
1675 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
1676 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
1677 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
1678 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
1679 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
1680 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
1681 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
1682 | Scope *S, |
1683 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
1684 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
1685 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
1686 | |
1687 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
1688 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
1689 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
1690 | /// scope during instantiation. |
1691 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
1692 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1693 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
1694 | |
1695 | /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
1696 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
1697 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
1698 | NC_Unknown, |
1699 | NC_Error, |
1700 | NC_Keyword, |
1701 | NC_Type, |
1702 | NC_Expression, |
1703 | NC_NestedNameSpecifier, |
1704 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
1705 | NC_VarTemplate, |
1706 | NC_FunctionTemplate |
1707 | }; |
1708 | |
1709 | class NameClassification { |
1710 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
1711 | ExprResult Expr; |
1712 | TemplateName Template; |
1713 | ParsedType Type; |
1714 | |
1715 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
1716 | |
1717 | public: |
1718 | NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} |
1719 | |
1720 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
1721 | |
1722 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
1723 | |
1724 | static NameClassification Error() { |
1725 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
1726 | } |
1727 | |
1728 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
1729 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
1730 | } |
1731 | |
1732 | static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { |
1733 | return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); |
1734 | } |
1735 | |
1736 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1737 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
1738 | Result.Template = Name; |
1739 | return Result; |
1740 | } |
1741 | |
1742 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1743 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
1744 | Result.Template = Name; |
1745 | return Result; |
1746 | } |
1747 | |
1748 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1749 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
1750 | Result.Template = Name; |
1751 | return Result; |
1752 | } |
1753 | |
1754 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
1755 | |
1756 | ParsedType getType() const { |
1757 | assert(Kind == NC_Type)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1757, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1758 | return Type; |
1759 | } |
1760 | |
1761 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
1762 | assert(Kind == NC_Expression)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Expression) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Expression", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1762, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1763 | return Expr; |
1764 | } |
1765 | |
1766 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
1767 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1768, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1768 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1768, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1769 | return Template; |
1770 | } |
1771 | |
1772 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
1773 | switch (Kind) { |
1774 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
1775 | return TNK_Type_template; |
1776 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
1777 | return TNK_Function_template; |
1778 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
1779 | return TNK_Var_template; |
1780 | default: |
1781 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unsupported name classification." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1781); |
1782 | } |
1783 | } |
1784 | }; |
1785 | |
1786 | /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
1787 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
1788 | /// |
1789 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
1790 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
1791 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
1792 | /// |
1793 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
1794 | /// |
1795 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
1796 | /// |
1797 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
1798 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
1799 | /// |
1800 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
1801 | /// |
1802 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
1803 | /// disambiguate the name. |
1804 | /// |
1805 | /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary |
1806 | /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an |
1807 | /// expression. |
1808 | /// |
1809 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
1810 | NameClassification |
1811 | ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, |
1812 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, |
1813 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
1814 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr); |
1815 | |
1816 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
1817 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
1818 | ClassTemplate, |
1819 | FunctionTemplate, |
1820 | VarTemplate, |
1821 | AliasTemplate, |
1822 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
1823 | DependentTemplate |
1824 | }; |
1825 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
1826 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
1827 | |
1828 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
1829 | /// template-name. |
1830 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E) { |
1831 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
1832 | return false; |
1833 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
1834 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
1835 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
1836 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
1837 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
1838 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
1839 | return false; |
1840 | } |
1841 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
1842 | SourceLocation Less, |
1843 | SourceLocation Greater); |
1844 | |
1845 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1846 | |
1847 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1848 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
1849 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
1850 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
1851 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
1852 | DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
1853 | bool IsTemplateId); |
1854 | void |
1855 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
1856 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
1857 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1858 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1859 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1860 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1861 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
1862 | |
1863 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
1864 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
1865 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
1866 | const LookupResult &R); |
1867 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
1868 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
1869 | const LookupResult &R); |
1870 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
1871 | |
1872 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
1873 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
1874 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
1875 | |
1876 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
1877 | |
1878 | private: |
1879 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
1880 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
1881 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
1882 | |
1883 | public: |
1884 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
1885 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
1886 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
1887 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
1888 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
1889 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
1890 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1891 | LookupResult &Previous); |
1892 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
1893 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
1894 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
1895 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1896 | LookupResult &Previous, |
1897 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1898 | bool &AddToScope, |
1899 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
1900 | NamedDecl * |
1901 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1902 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
1903 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
1904 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
1905 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
1906 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
1907 | Expr *Init); |
1908 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
1909 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
1910 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
1911 | |
1912 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
1913 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1914 | LookupResult &Previous, |
1915 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1916 | bool &AddToScope); |
1917 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1918 | |
1919 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
1920 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); |
1921 | |
1922 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1923 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
1924 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
1925 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
1926 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
1927 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
1928 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
1929 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
1930 | bool IsMemberSpecialization); |
1931 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
1932 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
1933 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
1934 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1935 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
1936 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1937 | QualType T); |
1938 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1939 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
1940 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
1941 | StorageClass SC); |
1942 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
1943 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
1944 | Expr *defarg); |
1945 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
1946 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
1947 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
1948 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
1949 | bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
1950 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
1951 | |
1952 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
1953 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
1954 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
1955 | |
1956 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
1957 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
1958 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
1959 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
1960 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
1961 | SourceLocation AttrEnd); |
1962 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
1963 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
1964 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
1965 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
1966 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1967 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1968 | |
1969 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
1970 | /// documentation comments. |
1971 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
1972 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1973 | |
1974 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1975 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
1976 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
1977 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
1978 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1979 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1980 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1981 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1982 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
1983 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1984 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
1985 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
1986 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
1987 | } |
1988 | |
1989 | /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
1990 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
1991 | /// code for that function. |
1992 | /// |
1993 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
1994 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
1995 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
1996 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
1997 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
1998 | |
1999 | /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
2000 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
2001 | /// code for that function. |
2002 | /// |
2003 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
2004 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
2005 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
2006 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
2007 | |
2008 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
2009 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
2010 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
2011 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
2012 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
2013 | |
2014 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
2015 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
2016 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
2017 | |
2018 | /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
2019 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
2020 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
2021 | |
2022 | /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
2023 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
2024 | /// specified threshold. |
2025 | void |
2026 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2027 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
2028 | |
2029 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
2030 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
2031 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
2032 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2033 | |
2034 | /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
2035 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, |
2036 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
2037 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
2038 | |
2039 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
2040 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
2041 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
2042 | Partition, ///< 'module partition X;' |
2043 | }; |
2044 | |
2045 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
2046 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
2047 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2048 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
2049 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
2050 | |
2051 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
2052 | /// |
2053 | /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. |
2054 | /// |
2055 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
2056 | /// |
2057 | /// \param Path The module access path. |
2058 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, |
2059 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
2060 | |
2061 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
2062 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
2063 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2064 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2065 | |
2066 | /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule. |
2067 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2068 | /// \brief The parser has left a submodule. |
2069 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2070 | |
2071 | /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
2072 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
2073 | /// |
2074 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
2075 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
2076 | /// has forgotten to import. |
2077 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
2078 | Module *Mod); |
2079 | |
2080 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
2081 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
2082 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
2083 | Declaration, |
2084 | Definition, |
2085 | DefaultArgument, |
2086 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
2087 | PartialSpecialization |
2088 | }; |
2089 | |
2090 | /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
2091 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
2092 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2093 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
2094 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2095 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
2096 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
2097 | |
2098 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2099 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2100 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
2101 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
2102 | |
2103 | /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
2104 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
2105 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
2106 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
2107 | |
2108 | /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a |
2109 | /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible, |
2110 | /// and diagnose if not. |
2111 | void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, |
2112 | NamedDecl *Spec); |
2113 | |
2114 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
2115 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
2116 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
2117 | } |
2118 | |
2119 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
2120 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2121 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
2122 | |
2123 | /// Scope actions. |
2124 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
2125 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
2126 | |
2127 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2128 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2129 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2130 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
2131 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
2132 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2133 | |
2134 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2135 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2136 | RecordDecl *Record, |
2137 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
2138 | |
2139 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2140 | RecordDecl *Record); |
2141 | |
2142 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
2143 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
2144 | enum NonTagKind { |
2145 | NTK_NonStruct, |
2146 | NTK_NonClass, |
2147 | NTK_NonUnion, |
2148 | NTK_NonEnum, |
2149 | NTK_Typedef, |
2150 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
2151 | NTK_Template, |
2152 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
2153 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
2154 | }; |
2155 | |
2156 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
2157 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
2158 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
2159 | |
2160 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
2161 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
2162 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
2163 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
2164 | |
2165 | enum TagUseKind { |
2166 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
2167 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
2168 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
2169 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
2170 | }; |
2171 | |
2172 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
2173 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2174 | SourceLocation NameLoc, AttributeList *Attr, |
2175 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
2176 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
2177 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
2178 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
2179 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
2180 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2181 | |
2182 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
2183 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2184 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2185 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2186 | AttributeList *Attr, |
2187 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
2188 | |
2189 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
2190 | unsigned TagSpec, |
2191 | TagUseKind TUK, |
2192 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2193 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2194 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2195 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
2196 | |
2197 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2198 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
2199 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
2200 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2201 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
2202 | |
2203 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2204 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2205 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2206 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
2207 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
2208 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2209 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2210 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2211 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2212 | AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); |
2213 | |
2214 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
2215 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2216 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
2217 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2218 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2219 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
2220 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
2221 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
2222 | |
2223 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
2224 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
2225 | |
2226 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
2227 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
2228 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2229 | |
2230 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
2231 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
2232 | }; |
2233 | |
2234 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
2235 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2236 | bool Diagnose = false); |
2237 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2238 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2239 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
2240 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2241 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2242 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
2243 | |
2244 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
2245 | void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
2246 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, |
2247 | SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
2248 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
2249 | |
2250 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
2251 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
2252 | /// struct, or union). |
2253 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2254 | |
2255 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
2256 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
2257 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
2258 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
2259 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
2260 | |
2261 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
2262 | |
2263 | /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
2264 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
2265 | |
2266 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
2267 | |
2268 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
2269 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
2270 | /// member declarations. |
2271 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2272 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
2273 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
2274 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2275 | |
2276 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
2277 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
2278 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2279 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
2280 | |
2281 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
2282 | |
2283 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
2284 | |
2285 | /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
2286 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
2287 | /// |
2288 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
2289 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2290 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2291 | |
2292 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
2293 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
2294 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2295 | |
2296 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
2297 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
2298 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
2299 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2300 | Expr *val); |
2301 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
2302 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
2303 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
2304 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
2305 | |
2306 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
2307 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
2308 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
2309 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
2310 | |
2311 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
2312 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2313 | AttributeList *Attrs, SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2314 | Expr *Val); |
2315 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
2316 | Decl *EnumDecl, |
2317 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, |
2318 | Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); |
2319 | |
2320 | DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); |
2321 | |
2322 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
2323 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2324 | void PopDeclContext(); |
2325 | |
2326 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
2327 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
2328 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2329 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
2330 | |
2331 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
2332 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
2333 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
2334 | |
2335 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
2336 | |
2337 | /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer |
2338 | /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently |
2339 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2340 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); |
2341 | |
2342 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
2343 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
2344 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2345 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
2346 | |
2347 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
2348 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
2349 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2350 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
2351 | |
2352 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
2353 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
2354 | |
2355 | /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the |
2356 | /// top level scope. |
2357 | /// |
2358 | /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. |
2359 | /// |
2360 | /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. |
2361 | void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); |
2362 | |
2363 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
2364 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
2365 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
2366 | /// |
2367 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
2368 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
2369 | /// directly within it. |
2370 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
2371 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
2372 | |
2373 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
2374 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
2375 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2376 | |
2377 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
2378 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
2379 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
2380 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
2381 | |
2382 | /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
2383 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
2384 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
2385 | /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
2386 | AMK_None, |
2387 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
2388 | /// an exact match. |
2389 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
2390 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
2391 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
2392 | AMK_Override, |
2393 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
2394 | /// a protocol requirement. |
2395 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
2396 | }; |
2397 | |
2398 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
2399 | AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2400 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, |
2401 | bool Implicit, |
2402 | VersionTuple Introduced, |
2403 | VersionTuple Deprecated, |
2404 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, |
2405 | bool IsUnavailable, |
2406 | StringRef Message, |
2407 | bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
2408 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, |
2409 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2410 | TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2411 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
2412 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2413 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2414 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
2415 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2416 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2417 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid); |
2418 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2419 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2420 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2421 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2422 | MSInheritanceAttr * |
2423 | mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
2424 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, |
2425 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
2426 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2427 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
2428 | int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2429 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, |
2430 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2431 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2432 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2433 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2434 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2435 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2436 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2437 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2438 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2439 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2440 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2441 | CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2442 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2443 | |
2444 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
2445 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
2446 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
2447 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
2448 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
2449 | bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2450 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
2451 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2452 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
2453 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
2454 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2455 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
2456 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
2457 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
2458 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
2459 | |
2460 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
2461 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
2462 | enum AssignmentAction { |
2463 | AA_Assigning, |
2464 | AA_Passing, |
2465 | AA_Returning, |
2466 | AA_Converting, |
2467 | AA_Initializing, |
2468 | AA_Sending, |
2469 | AA_Casting, |
2470 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
2471 | }; |
2472 | |
2473 | /// C++ Overloading. |
2474 | enum OverloadKind { |
2475 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
2476 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
2477 | Ovl_Overload, |
2478 | |
2479 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
2480 | /// an existing declaration. |
2481 | Ovl_Match, |
2482 | |
2483 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
2484 | /// non-function. |
2485 | Ovl_NonFunction |
2486 | }; |
2487 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
2488 | FunctionDecl *New, |
2489 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
2490 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
2491 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
2492 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
2493 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true); |
2494 | |
2495 | /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current |
2496 | /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. |
2497 | /// |
2498 | /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside |
2499 | /// an available function, false otherwise. |
2500 | bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2501 | |
2502 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
2503 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2504 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
2505 | bool AllowExplicit, |
2506 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2507 | bool CStyle, |
2508 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
2509 | |
2510 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2511 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2512 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2513 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2514 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2515 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2516 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2517 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2518 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2519 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2520 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2521 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
2522 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
2523 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
2524 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
2525 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
2526 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2527 | |
2528 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
2529 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
2530 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2531 | CastKind &Kind, |
2532 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
2533 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
2534 | bool Diagnose = true); |
2535 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2536 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2537 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2538 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2539 | CastKind &Kind, |
2540 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
2541 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
2542 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2543 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
2544 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2545 | QualType &ResultTy); |
2546 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
2547 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); |
2548 | |
2549 | ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2550 | const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, |
2551 | QualType ResultType, |
2552 | Expr *Value, |
2553 | bool AllowNRVO = true); |
2554 | |
2555 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2556 | ExprResult Init); |
2557 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2558 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2559 | ExprResult Init, |
2560 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
2561 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
2562 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
2563 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
2564 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
2565 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
2566 | |
2567 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
2568 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
2569 | |
2570 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
2571 | enum CCEKind { |
2572 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
2573 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
2574 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
2575 | CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. |
2576 | CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement. |
2577 | }; |
2578 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2579 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2580 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2581 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2582 | |
2583 | /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
2584 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
2585 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2586 | public: |
2587 | bool Suppress; |
2588 | bool SuppressConversion; |
2589 | |
2590 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
2591 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
2592 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
2593 | |
2594 | /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
2595 | /// for this conversion. |
2596 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
2597 | |
2598 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2599 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2600 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2601 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2602 | |
2603 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
2604 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2605 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2606 | |
2607 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
2608 | /// is explicit. |
2609 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
2610 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2611 | |
2612 | /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
2613 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2614 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2615 | |
2616 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
2617 | /// functions. |
2618 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2619 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2620 | |
2621 | /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
2622 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2623 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2624 | |
2625 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
2626 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
2627 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
2628 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2629 | |
2630 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
2631 | }; |
2632 | |
2633 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2634 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
2635 | |
2636 | public: |
2637 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
2638 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
2639 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
2640 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
2641 | |
2642 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
2643 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
2644 | |
2645 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2646 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
2647 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
2648 | } |
2649 | |
2650 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2651 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2652 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2653 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2654 | }; |
2655 | |
2656 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
2657 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
2658 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
2659 | |
2660 | |
2661 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
2662 | OS_Array, |
2663 | OS_Dictionary, |
2664 | OS_Error |
2665 | }; |
2666 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
2667 | |
2668 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
2669 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
2670 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
2671 | LK_Array, |
2672 | LK_Dictionary, |
2673 | LK_Numeric, |
2674 | LK_Boxed, |
2675 | LK_String, |
2676 | LK_Block, |
2677 | LK_None |
2678 | }; |
2679 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
2680 | |
2681 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
2682 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
2683 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
2684 | NamedDecl *Member); |
2685 | |
2686 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
2687 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
2688 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
2689 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
2690 | |
2691 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, |
2692 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2693 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2694 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2695 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2696 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2697 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
2698 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
2699 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
2700 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2701 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2702 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
2703 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2704 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2705 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
2706 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2707 | QualType ObjectType, |
2708 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2709 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2710 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2711 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false); |
2712 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
2713 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2714 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
2715 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2716 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2717 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2718 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2719 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2720 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
2721 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
2722 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2723 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2724 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2725 | QualType ObjectType, |
2726 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2727 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2728 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2729 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2730 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2731 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2732 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2733 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2734 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2735 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2736 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2737 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2738 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2739 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
2740 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2741 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2742 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, |
2743 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
2744 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, |
2745 | QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
2746 | Expr::Classification |
2747 | ObjectClassification = {}); |
2748 | void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
2749 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2750 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2751 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2752 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2753 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
2754 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
2755 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2756 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2757 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2758 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2759 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2760 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
2761 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
2762 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
2763 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2764 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2765 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
2766 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2767 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
2768 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
2769 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2770 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2771 | SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); |
2772 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2773 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2774 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
2775 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
2776 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
2777 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2778 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
2779 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
2780 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2781 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2782 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2783 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2784 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2785 | |
2786 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
2787 | void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
2788 | QualType DestType = QualType(), |
2789 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
2790 | |
2791 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
2792 | // the expression Expr |
2793 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
2794 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
2795 | |
2796 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
2797 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
2798 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2799 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
2800 | |
2801 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
2802 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
2803 | /// |
2804 | /// \param AllowTopLevelCond Whether to allow the result to be the |
2805 | /// complete top-level condition. |
2806 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> |
2807 | findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond, bool AllowTopLevelCond); |
2808 | |
2809 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
2810 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
2811 | /// |
2812 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
2813 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
2814 | /// |
2815 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
2816 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
2817 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
2818 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
2819 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2820 | |
2821 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
2822 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
2823 | /// |
2824 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
2825 | /// of a function. |
2826 | /// |
2827 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
2828 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
2829 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2830 | |
2831 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
2832 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
2833 | /// |
2834 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
2835 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
2836 | bool Complain = false, |
2837 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
2838 | |
2839 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
2840 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
2841 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
2842 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
2843 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
2844 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
2845 | QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
2846 | |
2847 | FunctionDecl * |
2848 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
2849 | QualType TargetType, |
2850 | bool Complain, |
2851 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
2852 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
2853 | |
2854 | FunctionDecl * |
2855 | resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, |
2856 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
2857 | |
2858 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate( |
2859 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
2860 | |
2861 | FunctionDecl * |
2862 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
2863 | bool Complain = false, |
2864 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
2865 | |
2866 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
2867 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
2868 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
2869 | bool Complain = false, |
2870 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
2871 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
2872 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
2873 | |
2874 | |
2875 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
2876 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2877 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
2878 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
2879 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2880 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
2881 | |
2882 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2883 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2884 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2885 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2886 | |
2887 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
2888 | // range-based for loop. |
2889 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
2890 | FRS_Success, |
2891 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
2892 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
2893 | }; |
2894 | |
2895 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
2896 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
2897 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2898 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
2899 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
2900 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
2901 | |
2902 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
2903 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2904 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2905 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2906 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2907 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
2908 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
2909 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
2910 | |
2911 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2912 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2913 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
2914 | ExprResult *Result); |
2915 | |
2916 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2917 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
2918 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
2919 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
2920 | |
2921 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2922 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
2923 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
2924 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
2925 | bool RequiresADL = true); |
2926 | |
2927 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
2928 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
2929 | Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); |
2930 | |
2931 | ExprResult |
2932 | BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
2933 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2934 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2935 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2936 | ExprResult |
2937 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2938 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2939 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2940 | |
2941 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
2942 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2943 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
2944 | |
2945 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
2946 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
2947 | /// that best represents the call. |
2948 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
2949 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
2950 | |
2951 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
2952 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2953 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
2954 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2955 | void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); |
2956 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
2957 | |
2958 | /// \name Name lookup |
2959 | /// |
2960 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
2961 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
2962 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
2963 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
2964 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
2965 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
2966 | /// |
2967 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
2968 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
2969 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
2970 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
2971 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
2972 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
2973 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
2974 | /// |
2975 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
2976 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
2977 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
2978 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
2979 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
2980 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
2981 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
2982 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
2983 | //@{ |
2984 | |
2985 | /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
2986 | enum LookupNameKind { |
2987 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
2988 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
2989 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
2990 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
2991 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
2992 | /// structs, and unions. |
2993 | LookupTagName, |
2994 | /// Label name lookup. |
2995 | LookupLabel, |
2996 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
2997 | /// class/struct/union members. |
2998 | LookupMemberName, |
2999 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
3000 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
3001 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
3002 | LookupOperatorName, |
3003 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
3004 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
3005 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
3006 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
3007 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
3008 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
3009 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
3010 | LookupNamespaceName, |
3011 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
3012 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
3013 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
3014 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
3015 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
3016 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
3017 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
3018 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
3019 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
3020 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
3021 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
3022 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
3023 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
3024 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
3025 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
3026 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
3027 | /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
3028 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
3029 | /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. |
3030 | LookupAnyName |
3031 | }; |
3032 | |
3033 | /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
3034 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
3035 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
3036 | /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
3037 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
3038 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
3039 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
3040 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
3041 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
3042 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
3043 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
3044 | /// may also be found. |
3045 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
3046 | }; |
3047 | |
3048 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
3049 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
3050 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
3051 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
3052 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
3053 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
3054 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
3055 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
3056 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
3057 | } |
3058 | |
3059 | /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
3060 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
3061 | /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. |
3062 | LOLR_Error, |
3063 | /// \brief The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
3064 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
3065 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
3066 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
3067 | LOLR_Cooked, |
3068 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
3069 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
3070 | LOLR_Raw, |
3071 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3072 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
3073 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
3074 | LOLR_Template, |
3075 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3076 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
3077 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
3078 | LOLR_StringTemplate |
3079 | }; |
3080 | |
3081 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
3082 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
3083 | bool ConstArg, |
3084 | bool VolatileArg, |
3085 | bool RValueThis, |
3086 | bool ConstThis, |
3087 | bool VolatileThis); |
3088 | |
3089 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
3090 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
3091 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
3092 | |
3093 | private: |
3094 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
3095 | |
3096 | struct TypoExprState { |
3097 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
3098 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
3099 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
3100 | TypoExprState(); |
3101 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3102 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3103 | }; |
3104 | |
3105 | /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
3106 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
3107 | |
3108 | /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
3109 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
3110 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3111 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC); |
3112 | |
3113 | // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
3114 | // |
3115 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
3116 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
3117 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
3118 | |
3119 | /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
3120 | /// source. |
3121 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
3122 | |
3123 | /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
3124 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
3125 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
3126 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
3127 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3128 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3129 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3130 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3131 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
3132 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
3133 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
3134 | |
3135 | public: |
3136 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
3137 | |
3138 | /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
3139 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
3140 | |
3141 | /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
3142 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
3143 | /// |
3144 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
3145 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
3146 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
3147 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3148 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
3149 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3150 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3151 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, |
3152 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); |
3153 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3154 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
3155 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3156 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
3157 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3158 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
3159 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
3160 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3161 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3162 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3163 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3164 | |
3165 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
3166 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
3167 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
3168 | |
3169 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
3170 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
3171 | |
3172 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3173 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3174 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3175 | unsigned Quals); |
3176 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3177 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3178 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3179 | unsigned Quals); |
3180 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3181 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3182 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3183 | |
3184 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id); |
3185 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, |
3186 | ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
3187 | bool AllowRaw, |
3188 | bool AllowTemplate, |
3189 | bool AllowStringTemplate, |
3190 | bool DiagnoseMissing); |
3191 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
3192 | |
3193 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
3194 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
3195 | |
3196 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3197 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3198 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3199 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3200 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3201 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3202 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3203 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
3204 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3205 | |
3206 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
3207 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
3208 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
3209 | }; |
3210 | |
3211 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3212 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
3213 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3214 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3215 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3216 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3217 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3218 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
3219 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
3220 | |
3221 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3222 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3223 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3224 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3225 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3226 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3227 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3228 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3229 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
3230 | |
3231 | /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
3232 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
3233 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
3234 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
3235 | /// |
3236 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
3237 | /// |
3238 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
3239 | /// initializer. |
3240 | /// |
3241 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
3242 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
3243 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
3244 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
3245 | ExprResult |
3246 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3247 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3248 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
3249 | |
3250 | ExprResult |
3251 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, |
3252 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3253 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter); |
3254 | } |
3255 | |
3256 | ExprResult |
3257 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3258 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3259 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
3260 | return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter); |
3261 | } |
3262 | |
3263 | ExprResult |
3264 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, |
3265 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3266 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter); |
3267 | } |
3268 | |
3269 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3270 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3271 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3272 | |
3273 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3274 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3275 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
3276 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3277 | |
3278 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
3279 | |
3280 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
3281 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3282 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
3283 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
3284 | |
3285 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
3286 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
3287 | |
3288 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
3289 | |
3290 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
3291 | //@} |
3292 | |
3293 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
3294 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3295 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
3296 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
3297 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
3298 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3299 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
3300 | Scope *S); |
3301 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3302 | |
3303 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
3304 | |
3305 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
3306 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3307 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
3308 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
3309 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, const AttributeList *AttrList); |
3310 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, |
3311 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
3312 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
3313 | const AttributeList *AttrList); |
3314 | |
3315 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
3316 | |
3317 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
3318 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
3319 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
3320 | /// type as valid. |
3321 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
3322 | |
3323 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); |
3324 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
3325 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
3326 | bool CheckAttrTarget(const AttributeList &CurrAttr); |
3327 | bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const AttributeList &CurrAttr); |
3328 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, |
3329 | unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, |
3330 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
3331 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3332 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3333 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
3334 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
3335 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
3336 | |
3337 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
3338 | |
3339 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
3340 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
3341 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
3342 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
3343 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3344 | |
3345 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
3346 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
3347 | // one that came from a typedef. |
3348 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T); |
3349 | |
3350 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
3351 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
3352 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
3353 | |
3354 | /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given |
3355 | /// type. |
3356 | /// |
3357 | /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be |
3358 | /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately. |
3359 | /// |
3360 | /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add. |
3361 | /// |
3362 | /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier. |
3363 | /// |
3364 | /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was |
3365 | /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C |
3366 | /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an |
3367 | /// underscored type specifier. |
3368 | /// |
3369 | /// \param allowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an |
3370 | /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer). |
3371 | /// |
3372 | /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise. |
3373 | bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability, |
3374 | SourceLocation nullabilityLoc, |
3375 | bool isContextSensitive, |
3376 | bool allowArrayTypes); |
3377 | |
3378 | /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3379 | StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, |
3380 | SourceRange Range); |
3381 | |
3382 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3383 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3384 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3385 | |
3386 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3387 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
3388 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3389 | |
3390 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
3391 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
3392 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3393 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3394 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3395 | |
3396 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
3397 | |
3398 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
3399 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
3400 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
3401 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
3402 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3403 | |
3404 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
3405 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
3406 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3407 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3408 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
3409 | |
3410 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
3411 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
3412 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3413 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3414 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
3415 | |
3416 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
3417 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
3418 | |
3419 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
3420 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
3421 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
3422 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
3423 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3424 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3425 | |
3426 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
3427 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
3428 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
3429 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
3430 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
3431 | |
3432 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
3433 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
3434 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
3435 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
3436 | |
3437 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
3438 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
3439 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
3440 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3441 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
3442 | |
3443 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
3444 | /// class extensions. |
3445 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
3446 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3447 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3448 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3449 | Selector GetterSel, |
3450 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3451 | Selector SetterSel, |
3452 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3453 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3454 | unsigned &Attributes, |
3455 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3456 | QualType T, |
3457 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3458 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
3459 | |
3460 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
3461 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
3462 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
3463 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3464 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3465 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3466 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3467 | Selector GetterSel, |
3468 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3469 | Selector SetterSel, |
3470 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3471 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3472 | const unsigned Attributes, |
3473 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3474 | QualType T, |
3475 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3476 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
3477 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
3478 | |
3479 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
3480 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
3481 | /// setter or getter. |
3482 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3483 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
3484 | |
3485 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
3486 | |
3487 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
3488 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
3489 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
3490 | |
3491 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
3492 | |
3493 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
3494 | MMS_loose, |
3495 | MMS_strict |
3496 | }; |
3497 | |
3498 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
3499 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
3500 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3501 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
3502 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
3503 | |
3504 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
3505 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
3506 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
3507 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
3508 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
3509 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
3510 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3511 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3512 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
3513 | bool ImmediateClass, |
3514 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
3515 | |
3516 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
3517 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
3518 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
3519 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
3520 | |
3521 | /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
3522 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
3523 | |
3524 | private: |
3525 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
3526 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
3527 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
3528 | |
3529 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
3530 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
3531 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3532 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3533 | bool instance); |
3534 | |
3535 | public: |
3536 | /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
3537 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
3538 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
3539 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
3540 | /// returns true. |
3541 | bool |
3542 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
3543 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
3544 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
3545 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
3546 | |
3547 | bool |
3548 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
3549 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3550 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3551 | |
3552 | void |
3553 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
3554 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3555 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
3556 | |
3557 | private: |
3558 | /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
3559 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
3560 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
3561 | bool IsInstance, |
3562 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3563 | |
3564 | |
3565 | /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
3566 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
3567 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
3568 | if (RecordFailure) |
3569 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
3570 | return TypoCorrection(); |
3571 | } |
3572 | |
3573 | public: |
3574 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
3575 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
3576 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
3577 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
3578 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3579 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
3583 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3584 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
3585 | } |
3586 | |
3587 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
3588 | /// pool. |
3589 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
3590 | |
3591 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3592 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3593 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3594 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3595 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3596 | /*instance*/true); |
3597 | } |
3598 | |
3599 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3600 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3601 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3602 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3603 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3604 | /*instance*/false); |
3605 | } |
3606 | |
3607 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
3608 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
3609 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
3610 | /// implementation. |
3611 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
3612 | |
3613 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
3614 | /// initialization. |
3615 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
3616 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
3617 | |
3618 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3619 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
3620 | public: |
3621 | class FullExprArg { |
3622 | public: |
3623 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
3624 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
3625 | |
3626 | ExprResult release() { |
3627 | return E; |
3628 | } |
3629 | |
3630 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
3631 | |
3632 | Expr *operator->() { |
3633 | return E; |
3634 | } |
3635 | |
3636 | private: |
3637 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
3638 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
3639 | friend class Sema; |
3640 | |
3641 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
3642 | |
3643 | Expr *E; |
3644 | }; |
3645 | |
3646 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3647 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
3648 | } |
3649 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
3650 | return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get()); |
3651 | } |
3652 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3653 | ExprResult FE = |
3654 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
3655 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
3656 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
3657 | } |
3658 | |
3659 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); |
3660 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
3661 | |
3662 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
3663 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
3664 | |
3665 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
3666 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3667 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
3668 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
3669 | |
3670 | /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
3671 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
3672 | public: |
3673 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
3674 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
3675 | } |
3676 | |
3677 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
3678 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3679 | } |
3680 | |
3681 | private: |
3682 | Sema &S; |
3683 | }; |
3684 | |
3685 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
3686 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
3687 | Sema &S; |
3688 | bool Active; |
3689 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
3690 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
3691 | if (Active) |
3692 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
3693 | } |
3694 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
3695 | }; |
3696 | |
3697 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
3698 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3699 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
3700 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
3701 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
3702 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, |
3703 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, |
3704 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
3705 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
3706 | |
3707 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
3708 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
3709 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
3710 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
3711 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
3712 | |
3713 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, |
3714 | ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, |
3715 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
3716 | |
3717 | class ConditionResult; |
3718 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
3719 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3720 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
3721 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
3722 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
3723 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3724 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
3725 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
3726 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
3727 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3728 | ConditionResult Cond); |
3729 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
3730 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
3731 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond, |
3732 | Stmt *Body); |
3733 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
3734 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
3735 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
3736 | |
3737 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3738 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3739 | Stmt *First, |
3740 | ConditionResult Second, |
3741 | FullExprArg Third, |
3742 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3743 | Stmt *Body); |
3744 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
3745 | Expr *collection); |
3746 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
3747 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
3748 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3749 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
3750 | |
3751 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
3752 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
3753 | BFRK_Build, |
3754 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
3755 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
3756 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
3757 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
3758 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
3759 | BFRK_Check |
3760 | }; |
3761 | |
3762 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3763 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
3764 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
3765 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
3766 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3767 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
3768 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3769 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
3770 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
3771 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
3772 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
3773 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
3774 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3775 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
3776 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
3777 | |
3778 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
3779 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
3780 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
3781 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
3782 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
3783 | Expr *DestExp); |
3784 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
3785 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
3786 | |
3787 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
3788 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
3789 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
3790 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
3791 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
3792 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params); |
3793 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
3794 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
3795 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
3796 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3797 | unsigned NumParams); |
3798 | |
3799 | enum CopyElisionSemanticsKind { |
3800 | CES_Strict = 0, |
3801 | CES_AllowParameters = 1, |
3802 | CES_AllowDifferentTypes = 2, |
3803 | CES_Default = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes), |
3804 | }; |
3805 | |
3806 | VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, |
3807 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
3808 | bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD, |
3809 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
3810 | |
3811 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
3812 | Scope *CurScope); |
3813 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
3814 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
3815 | |
3816 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
3817 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
3818 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
3819 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
3820 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
3821 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3822 | |
3823 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
3824 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
3825 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3826 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
3827 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
3828 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
3829 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
3830 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
3831 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
3832 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
3833 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
3834 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
3835 | StringRef AsmString, |
3836 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
3837 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
3838 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
3839 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
3840 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
3841 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
3842 | SourceLocation Location, |
3843 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
3844 | |
3845 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
3846 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3847 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
3848 | bool Invalid = false); |
3849 | |
3850 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
3851 | |
3852 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
3853 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
3854 | |
3855 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
3856 | |
3857 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
3858 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
3859 | |
3860 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
3861 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
3862 | Scope *CurScope); |
3863 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
3864 | Expr *operand); |
3865 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3866 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
3867 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
3868 | |
3869 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
3870 | |
3871 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
3872 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3873 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3874 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
3875 | |
3876 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
3877 | |
3878 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
3879 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
3880 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
3881 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
3882 | |
3883 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
3884 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
3885 | Stmt *Handler); |
3886 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
3887 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
3888 | Stmt *Block); |
3889 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
3890 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
3891 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
3892 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
3893 | |
3894 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
3895 | |
3896 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
3897 | |
3898 | /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
3899 | /// of it. |
3900 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
3901 | |
3902 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
3903 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
3904 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); |
3905 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
3906 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
3907 | |
3908 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
3909 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
3910 | /// |
3911 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
3912 | /// if (condition); |
3913 | /// do_stuff(); |
3914 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
3915 | const Stmt *Body, |
3916 | unsigned DiagID); |
3917 | |
3918 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
3919 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
3920 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
3921 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
3922 | |
3923 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
3924 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
3925 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
3926 | |
3927 | /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
3928 | /// _Nonnull one. |
3929 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
3930 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3931 | |
3932 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
3933 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
3934 | |
3935 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
3936 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
3937 | } |
3938 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
3939 | |
3940 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
3941 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
3942 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
3943 | } |
3944 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
3945 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
3946 | } |
3947 | |
3948 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
3949 | |
3950 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
3951 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
3952 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
3953 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
3954 | |
3955 | bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, |
3956 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
3957 | |
3958 | /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
3959 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
3960 | |
3961 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3962 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
3963 | |
3964 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
3965 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
3966 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
3967 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
3968 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
3969 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3970 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
3971 | std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
3972 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
3973 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
3974 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3975 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
3976 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
3977 | |
3978 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
3979 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
3980 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
3981 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
3982 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
3983 | ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
3984 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
3985 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
3986 | |
3987 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
3988 | |
3989 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
3990 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
3991 | |
3992 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
3993 | |
3994 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
3995 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
3996 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
3997 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
3998 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
3999 | // named expressions. |
4000 | // |
4001 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
4002 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
4003 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
4004 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
4005 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
4006 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
4007 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
4008 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
4009 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
4010 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
4011 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
4012 | |
4013 | void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); |
4014 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
4015 | |
4016 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
4017 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
4018 | }; |
4019 | |
4020 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
4021 | /// |
4022 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
4023 | /// |
4024 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
4025 | /// |
4026 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
4027 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
4028 | /// |
4029 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
4030 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
4031 | /// |
4032 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
4033 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
4034 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
4035 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
4036 | /// |
4037 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
4038 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
4039 | /// variable can be captured. |
4040 | /// |
4041 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
4042 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
4043 | /// captured. |
4044 | /// |
4045 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
4046 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
4047 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
4048 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
4049 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
4050 | /// |
4051 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
4052 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
4053 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
4054 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
4055 | QualType &CaptureType, |
4056 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
4057 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
4058 | |
4059 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
4060 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
4061 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
4062 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4063 | |
4064 | /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured. |
4065 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4066 | |
4067 | /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
4068 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
4069 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4070 | |
4071 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
4072 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
4073 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
4074 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
4075 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
4076 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false); |
4077 | |
4078 | /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
4079 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
4080 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
4081 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
4082 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
4083 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
4084 | |
4085 | /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
4086 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
4087 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
4088 | |
4089 | /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
4090 | /// evaluation context. |
4091 | /// |
4092 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
4093 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
4094 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
4095 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
4096 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
4097 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
4098 | |
4099 | // Primary Expressions. |
4100 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
4101 | |
4102 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
4103 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4104 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
4105 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr, |
4106 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
4107 | |
4108 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4109 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
4110 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4111 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
4112 | |
4113 | bool |
4114 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
4115 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
4116 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4117 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
4118 | |
4119 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
4120 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
4121 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
4122 | |
4123 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4124 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4125 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4126 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
4127 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4128 | |
4129 | ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, |
4130 | ExprValueKind VK, |
4131 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4132 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
4133 | ExprResult |
4134 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
4135 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4136 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
4137 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4138 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4139 | ExprResult |
4140 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
4141 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4142 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
4143 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
4144 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
4145 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
4146 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4147 | |
4148 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4149 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4150 | LookupResult &R, |
4151 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4152 | const Scope *S); |
4153 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4154 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4155 | LookupResult &R, |
4156 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4157 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
4158 | const Scope *S); |
4159 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4160 | const LookupResult &R, |
4161 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
4162 | |
4163 | ExprResult |
4164 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4165 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4166 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
4167 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
4168 | |
4169 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4170 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4171 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4172 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4173 | |
4174 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4175 | LookupResult &R, |
4176 | bool NeedsADL, |
4177 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4178 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
4179 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
4180 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4181 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4182 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4183 | |
4184 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
4185 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
4186 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4187 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
4188 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4189 | |
4190 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
4191 | PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); |
4192 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4193 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
4194 | |
4195 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
4196 | |
4197 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4198 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
4199 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4200 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
4201 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
4202 | SourceLocation R, |
4203 | MultiExprArg Val); |
4204 | |
4205 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
4206 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
4207 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
4208 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4209 | |
4210 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4211 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4212 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4213 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4214 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
4215 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
4216 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4217 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4218 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4219 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4220 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
4221 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
4222 | |
4223 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
4224 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4225 | Expr *InputExpr); |
4226 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4227 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
4228 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4229 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
4230 | |
4231 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
4232 | |
4233 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4234 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4235 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4236 | SourceRange R); |
4237 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4238 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4239 | ExprResult |
4240 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4241 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4242 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
4243 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
4244 | |
4245 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
4246 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
4247 | |
4248 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4249 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4250 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
4251 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4252 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
4253 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4254 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
4255 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4256 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4257 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4258 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
4259 | |
4260 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4261 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4262 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4263 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4264 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
4265 | Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4266 | Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc); |
4267 | |
4268 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
4269 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
4270 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
4271 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
4272 | // defines a custom operator->). |
4273 | struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { |
4274 | Scope *S; |
4275 | UnqualifiedId &Id; |
4276 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl; |
4277 | }; |
4278 | |
4279 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
4280 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
4281 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4282 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4283 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4284 | const Scope *S, |
4285 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4286 | |
4287 | ExprResult |
4288 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4289 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4290 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4291 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
4292 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4293 | const Scope *S, |
4294 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
4295 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4296 | |
4297 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
4298 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4299 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
4300 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
4301 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
4302 | |
4303 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
4304 | |
4305 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
4306 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4307 | const LookupResult &R); |
4308 | |
4309 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
4310 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4311 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4312 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4313 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
4314 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4315 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4316 | |
4317 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
4318 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4319 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
4320 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4321 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4322 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
4323 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
4324 | |
4325 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
4326 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
4327 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
4328 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
4329 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4330 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4331 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
4332 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
4333 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
4334 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
4335 | |
4336 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
4337 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
4338 | /// locations. |
4339 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4340 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4341 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
4342 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
4343 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, |
4344 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4345 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, |
4346 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4347 | Expr *Config = nullptr, |
4348 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
4349 | |
4350 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
4351 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
4352 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
4353 | |
4354 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4355 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
4356 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
4357 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4358 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
4359 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4360 | Expr *Op); |
4361 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
4362 | |
4363 | /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
4364 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4365 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
4366 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
4367 | |
4368 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
4369 | |
4370 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4371 | ParsedType Ty, |
4372 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4373 | Expr *InitExpr); |
4374 | |
4375 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4376 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4377 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4378 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
4379 | |
4380 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
4381 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
4382 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
4383 | |
4384 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
4385 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4386 | bool GNUSyntax, |
4387 | ExprResult Init); |
4388 | |
4389 | private: |
4390 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4391 | |
4392 | public: |
4393 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
4394 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4395 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4396 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4397 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4398 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4399 | |
4400 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
4401 | |
4402 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
4403 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
4404 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
4405 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4406 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4407 | |
4408 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
4409 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
4410 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
4411 | |
4412 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
4413 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
4414 | SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" |
4415 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
4416 | |
4417 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
4418 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
4419 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
4420 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
4421 | union { |
4422 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
4423 | Expr *E; |
4424 | } U; |
4425 | }; |
4426 | |
4427 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
4428 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4429 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4430 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4431 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4432 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
4433 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4434 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
4435 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
4436 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4437 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4438 | |
4439 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
4440 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4441 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
4442 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4443 | |
4444 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
4445 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
4446 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4447 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
4448 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4449 | |
4450 | // __null |
4451 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
4452 | |
4453 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
4454 | |
4455 | /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
4456 | enum IfExistsResult { |
4457 | /// \brief The symbol exists. |
4458 | IER_Exists, |
4459 | |
4460 | /// \brief The symbol does not exist. |
4461 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
4462 | |
4463 | /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
4464 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
4465 | IER_Dependent, |
4466 | |
4467 | /// \brief An error occurred. |
4468 | IER_Error |
4469 | }; |
4470 | |
4471 | IfExistsResult |
4472 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4473 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
4474 | |
4475 | IfExistsResult |
4476 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4477 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4478 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
4479 | |
4480 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4481 | bool IsIfExists, |
4482 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
4483 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
4484 | Stmt *Nested); |
4485 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4486 | bool IsIfExists, |
4487 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4488 | Stmt *Nested); |
4489 | |
4490 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
4491 | |
4492 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
4493 | /// started. |
4494 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4495 | |
4496 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
4497 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
4498 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
4499 | Scope *CurScope); |
4500 | |
4501 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
4502 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
4503 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4504 | |
4505 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
4506 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
4507 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
4508 | Scope *CurScope); |
4509 | |
4510 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
4511 | |
4512 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
4513 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4514 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4515 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4516 | |
4517 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
4518 | |
4519 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
4520 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4521 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4522 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4523 | |
4524 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
4525 | |
4526 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
4527 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
4528 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4529 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4530 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
4531 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
4532 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4533 | UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl); |
4534 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
4535 | |
4536 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
4537 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
4538 | |
4539 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
4540 | |
4541 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
4542 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
4543 | |
4544 | /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
4545 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
4546 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
4547 | |
4548 | /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
4549 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
4550 | /// |
4551 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
4552 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
4553 | |
4554 | /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
4555 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
4556 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
4557 | |
4558 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, |
4559 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4560 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, |
4561 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4562 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4563 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
4564 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
4565 | |
4566 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
4567 | |
4568 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
4569 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4570 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
4571 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
4572 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4573 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4574 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
4575 | |
4576 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
4577 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, |
4578 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
4579 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
4580 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, |
4581 | NamedDecl *Target, |
4582 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
4583 | |
4584 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4585 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
4586 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4587 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4588 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
4589 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4590 | bool HasTypename, |
4591 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4592 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4593 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
4594 | |
4595 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
4596 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4597 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
4598 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
4599 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4600 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
4601 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
4602 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4603 | bool IsInstantiation); |
4604 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
4605 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
4606 | |
4607 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
4608 | |
4609 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
4610 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
4611 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
4612 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
4613 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
4614 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
4615 | |
4616 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
4617 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
4618 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4619 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
4620 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4621 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4622 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
4623 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
4624 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
4625 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
4626 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
4627 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4628 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4629 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4630 | TypeResult Type, |
4631 | Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
4632 | |
4633 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
4634 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
4635 | /// |
4636 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
4637 | ExprResult |
4638 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4639 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
4640 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4641 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
4642 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
4643 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
4644 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
4645 | |
4646 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
4647 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
4648 | ExprResult |
4649 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4650 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
4651 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4652 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
4653 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
4654 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
4655 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
4656 | |
4657 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
4658 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
4659 | ExprResult |
4660 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4661 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
4662 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
4663 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
4664 | bool IsListInitialization, |
4665 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
4666 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
4667 | |
4668 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
4669 | |
4670 | |
4671 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
4672 | /// Return true on error. |
4673 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
4674 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
4675 | |
4676 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
4677 | /// the default expr if needed. |
4678 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
4679 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
4680 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
4681 | |
4682 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
4683 | /// constructed variable. |
4684 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
4685 | |
4686 | /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
4687 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
4688 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
4689 | // Pointer to allow copying |
4690 | Sema *Self; |
4691 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
4692 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
4693 | // throw() comes next. |
4694 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
4695 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
4696 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
4697 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
4698 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
4699 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
4700 | |
4701 | void ClearExceptions() { |
4702 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
4703 | Exceptions.clear(); |
4704 | } |
4705 | |
4706 | public: |
4707 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
4708 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
4709 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
4710 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
4711 | } |
4712 | |
4713 | /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. |
4714 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
4715 | assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4716 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4717 | return ComputedEST; |
4718 | } |
4719 | |
4720 | /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
4721 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
4722 | |
4723 | /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
4724 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
4725 | |
4726 | /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
4727 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4728 | |
4729 | /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
4730 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E); |
4731 | |
4732 | /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
4733 | /// computed exception specification. |
4734 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
4735 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
4736 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4737 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4738 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
4739 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
4740 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
4741 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
4742 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
4743 | ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept; |
4744 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
4745 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
4746 | } |
4747 | return ESI; |
4748 | } |
4749 | }; |
4750 | |
4751 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4752 | /// copy constructor of a class will have. |
4753 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4754 | ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
4755 | CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4756 | |
4757 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4758 | /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter |
4759 | /// will be const. |
4760 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4761 | ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4762 | |
4763 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled |
4764 | /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the |
4765 | /// parameter will be const. |
4766 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4767 | ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4768 | |
4769 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
4770 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
4771 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4772 | ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4773 | |
4774 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
4775 | /// assignment operator of a class will have. |
4776 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4777 | ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4778 | |
4779 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4780 | /// destructor of a class will have. |
4781 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4782 | ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4783 | |
4784 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting |
4785 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
4786 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4787 | ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
4788 | CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
4789 | |
4790 | /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
4791 | /// special member function. |
4792 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4793 | |
4794 | /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the |
4795 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
4796 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
4797 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
4798 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
4799 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
4800 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
4801 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
4802 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
4803 | |
4804 | /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
4805 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
4806 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
4807 | |
4808 | /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
4809 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
4810 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
4811 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
4812 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
4813 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
4814 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
4815 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
4816 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
4817 | |
4818 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
4819 | |
4820 | /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
4821 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
4822 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
4823 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
4824 | bool Diagnose = false); |
4825 | |
4826 | /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
4827 | /// |
4828 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4829 | /// default constructor will be added. |
4830 | /// |
4831 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
4832 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
4833 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4834 | |
4835 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4836 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
4837 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4838 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4839 | |
4840 | /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
4841 | /// |
4842 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4843 | /// destructor will be added. |
4844 | /// |
4845 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
4846 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4847 | |
4848 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4849 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
4850 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4851 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
4852 | |
4853 | /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
4854 | /// |
4855 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
4856 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
4857 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
4858 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
4859 | |
4860 | /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
4861 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
4862 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4863 | |
4864 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
4865 | /// |
4866 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4867 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
4868 | /// |
4869 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
4870 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4871 | |
4872 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4873 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
4874 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4875 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4876 | |
4877 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
4878 | /// |
4879 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
4880 | /// move constructor will be added. |
4881 | /// |
4882 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
4883 | /// declared. |
4884 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4885 | |
4886 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4887 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
4888 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4889 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4890 | |
4891 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
4892 | /// |
4893 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4894 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
4895 | /// |
4896 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
4897 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4898 | |
4899 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
4900 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4901 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
4902 | |
4903 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
4904 | /// |
4905 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
4906 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
4907 | /// |
4908 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
4909 | /// wasn't declared. |
4910 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4911 | |
4912 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
4913 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4914 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
4915 | |
4916 | /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
4917 | /// class. |
4918 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4919 | |
4920 | /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
4921 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
4922 | |
4923 | /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
4924 | /// special member function. |
4925 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
4926 | |
4927 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
4928 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
4929 | /// |
4930 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
4931 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4932 | |
4933 | /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
4934 | /// member function. |
4935 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4936 | |
4937 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
4938 | /// static member function. |
4939 | /// |
4940 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
4941 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4942 | |
4943 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
4944 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
4945 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
4946 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
4947 | |
4948 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
4949 | MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
4950 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4951 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, |
4952 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
4953 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
4954 | |
4955 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4956 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4957 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
4958 | |
4959 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
4960 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4961 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4962 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
4963 | bool EnteringContext); |
4964 | |
4965 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
4966 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
4967 | |
4968 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
4969 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
4970 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
4971 | |
4972 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. |
4973 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4974 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
4975 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
4976 | Declarator &D, |
4977 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
4978 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4979 | Expr *E, |
4980 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4981 | |
4982 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4983 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
4984 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
4985 | Expr *E, |
4986 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
4987 | SourceRange Parens); |
4988 | |
4989 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
4990 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
4991 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
4992 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4993 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
4994 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
4995 | Expr *Operand, |
4996 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4997 | |
4998 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
4999 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5000 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5001 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5002 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5003 | |
5004 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5005 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5006 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
5007 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5008 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5009 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5010 | Expr *Operand, |
5011 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5012 | |
5013 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
5014 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5015 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5016 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5017 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5018 | |
5019 | /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
5020 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5021 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
5022 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5023 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5024 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5025 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
5026 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5027 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5028 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5029 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
5030 | |
5031 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
5032 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
5033 | |
5034 | /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
5035 | /// |
5036 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
5037 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
5038 | |
5039 | /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
5040 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
5041 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
5042 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
5043 | |
5044 | /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
5045 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
5046 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
5047 | Sema &S; |
5048 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
5049 | bool Enabled; |
5050 | |
5051 | public: |
5052 | /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
5053 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
5054 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
5055 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
5056 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, |
5057 | bool Enabled = true); |
5058 | |
5059 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
5060 | }; |
5061 | |
5062 | /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
5063 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
5064 | /// |
5065 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
5066 | /// |
5067 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
5068 | /// capture list. |
5069 | /// |
5070 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
5071 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
5072 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
5073 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
5074 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
5075 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
5076 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
5077 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
5078 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
5079 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
5080 | bool ByCopy = false); |
5081 | |
5082 | /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
5083 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
5084 | /// being defined. |
5085 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
5086 | |
5087 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
5088 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5089 | |
5090 | |
5091 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
5092 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5093 | |
5094 | ExprResult |
5095 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
5096 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
5097 | |
5098 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
5099 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
5100 | |
5101 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
5102 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
5103 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
5104 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
5105 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
5106 | |
5107 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
5108 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
5109 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
5110 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
5111 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
5112 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
5113 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5114 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
5115 | bool ListInitialization); |
5116 | |
5117 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
5118 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5119 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5120 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5121 | bool ListInitialization); |
5122 | |
5123 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
5124 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
5125 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5126 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5127 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5128 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
5129 | Expr *Initializer); |
5130 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
5131 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5132 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5133 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5134 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
5135 | QualType AllocType, |
5136 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
5137 | Expr *ArraySize, |
5138 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
5139 | Expr *Initializer); |
5140 | |
5141 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
5142 | SourceRange R); |
5143 | |
5144 | /// \brief The scope in which to find allocation functions. |
5145 | enum AllocationFunctionScope { |
5146 | /// \brief Only look for allocation functions in the global scope. |
5147 | AFS_Global, |
5148 | /// \brief Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the |
5149 | /// allocated class. |
5150 | AFS_Class, |
5151 | /// \brief Look for allocation functions in both the global scope |
5152 | /// and in the scope of the allocated class. |
5153 | AFS_Both |
5154 | }; |
5155 | |
5156 | /// \brief Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate |
5157 | /// for the allocation. |
5158 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
5159 | AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, |
5160 | AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope, |
5161 | QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
5162 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
5163 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
5164 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, |
5165 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5166 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
5167 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
5168 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
5169 | |
5170 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
5171 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
5172 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5173 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5174 | bool CanProvideSize, |
5175 | bool Overaligned, |
5176 | DeclarationName Name); |
5177 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5178 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5179 | |
5180 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
5181 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5182 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
5183 | Expr *Operand); |
5184 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
5185 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
5186 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
5187 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
5188 | |
5189 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
5190 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
5191 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
5192 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5193 | |
5194 | /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
5195 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5196 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
5197 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5198 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5199 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
5200 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5201 | |
5202 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
5203 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5204 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5205 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5206 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
5207 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5208 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5209 | |
5210 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5211 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5212 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
5213 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5214 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5215 | |
5216 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
5217 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5218 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5219 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5220 | Expr *Queried, |
5221 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5222 | |
5223 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5224 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5225 | Expr *Queried, |
5226 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5227 | |
5228 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
5229 | Expr *Base, |
5230 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5231 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5232 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
5233 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
5234 | |
5235 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
5236 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5237 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5238 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5239 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
5240 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5241 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5242 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
5243 | |
5244 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5245 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5246 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5247 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5248 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
5249 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5250 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5251 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
5252 | |
5253 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5254 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5255 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5256 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5257 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
5258 | |
5259 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
5260 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
5261 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
5262 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
5263 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
5264 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
5265 | |
5266 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
5267 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
5268 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
5269 | |
5270 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { |
5271 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() |
5272 | : SourceLocation()); |
5273 | } |
5274 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
5275 | bool DiscardedValue = false, |
5276 | bool IsConstexpr = false, |
5277 | bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false); |
5278 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
5279 | |
5280 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
5281 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
5282 | |
5283 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
5284 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5285 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
5286 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5287 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5288 | |
5289 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
5290 | /// |
5291 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5292 | /// |
5293 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5294 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5295 | /// |
5296 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5297 | bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5298 | |
5299 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. |
5300 | /// |
5301 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. |
5302 | /// |
5303 | /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. |
5304 | /// |
5305 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5306 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5307 | /// |
5308 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5309 | bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
5310 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5311 | |
5312 | bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, |
5313 | bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); |
5314 | NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5315 | |
5316 | /// \brief Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec. |
5317 | /// |
5318 | struct NestedNameSpecInfo { |
5319 | /// \brief The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in |
5320 | /// a member access expression. |
5321 | ParsedType ObjectType; |
5322 | |
5323 | /// \brief The identifier preceding the '::'. |
5324 | IdentifierInfo *Identifier; |
5325 | |
5326 | /// \brief The location of the identifier. |
5327 | SourceLocation IdentifierLoc; |
5328 | |
5329 | /// \brief The location of the '::'. |
5330 | SourceLocation CCLoc; |
5331 | |
5332 | /// \brief Creates info object for the most typical case. |
5333 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5334 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType()) |
5335 | : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), |
5336 | CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5337 | } |
5338 | |
5339 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5340 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType) |
5341 | : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II), |
5342 | IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5343 | } |
5344 | }; |
5345 | |
5346 | bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5347 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo); |
5348 | |
5349 | bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5350 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5351 | bool EnteringContext, |
5352 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5353 | NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, |
5354 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, |
5355 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5356 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5357 | |
5358 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. |
5359 | /// |
5360 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5361 | /// |
5362 | /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the |
5363 | /// nested-name-spec. |
5364 | /// |
5365 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by |
5366 | /// this nested-name-specifier. |
5367 | /// |
5368 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5369 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5370 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5371 | /// including this new type). |
5372 | /// |
5373 | /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve |
5374 | /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. |
5375 | /// |
5376 | /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' |
5377 | /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' |
5378 | /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. |
5379 | /// |
5380 | /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup. |
5381 | /// |
5382 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5383 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5384 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5385 | bool EnteringContext, |
5386 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5387 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, |
5388 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5389 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5390 | |
5391 | ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); |
5392 | |
5393 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5394 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5395 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); |
5396 | |
5397 | bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5398 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5399 | bool EnteringContext); |
5400 | |
5401 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier |
5402 | /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. |
5403 | /// |
5404 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5405 | /// |
5406 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5407 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5408 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5409 | /// including this new type). |
5410 | /// |
5411 | /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
5412 | /// \param TemplateName the template name. |
5413 | /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. |
5414 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
5415 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
5416 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
5417 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5418 | /// |
5419 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the |
5420 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5421 | /// |
5422 | /// |
5423 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5424 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5425 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5426 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5427 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
5428 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
5429 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
5430 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
5431 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
5432 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5433 | bool EnteringContext); |
5434 | |
5435 | /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value |
5436 | /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given |
5437 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5438 | /// |
5439 | /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. |
5440 | /// |
5441 | /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the |
5442 | /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. |
5443 | void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5444 | |
5445 | /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore |
5446 | /// the nested-name-specifier structure. |
5447 | /// |
5448 | /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by |
5449 | /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). |
5450 | /// |
5451 | /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. |
5452 | /// |
5453 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents |
5454 | /// of the annotation pointer. |
5455 | void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, |
5456 | SourceRange AnnotationRange, |
5457 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5458 | |
5459 | bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5460 | |
5461 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global |
5462 | /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. |
5463 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be |
5464 | /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and |
5465 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. |
5466 | /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. |
5467 | bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5468 | |
5469 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously |
5470 | /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same |
5471 | /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. |
5472 | /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the |
5473 | /// defining scope. |
5474 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5475 | |
5476 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an |
5477 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5478 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a |
5479 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of |
5480 | /// class X. |
5481 | void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5482 | |
5483 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an |
5484 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5485 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5486 | |
5487 | /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. |
5488 | CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5489 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, |
5490 | bool KnownDependent, |
5491 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
5492 | |
5493 | /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. |
5494 | CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5495 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5496 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, |
5497 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
5498 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
5499 | bool IsConstexprSpecified); |
5500 | |
5501 | /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. |
5502 | void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
5503 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
5504 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5505 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, |
5506 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, |
5507 | bool ExplicitParams, |
5508 | bool ExplicitResultType, |
5509 | bool Mutable); |
5510 | |
5511 | /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform |
5512 | /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if |
5513 | /// not being used to initialize a reference. |
5514 | ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5515 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5516 | LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { |
5517 | return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5518 | Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); |
5519 | } |
5520 | QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, |
5521 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5522 | bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init); |
5523 | |
5524 | /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's |
5525 | /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. |
5526 | /// |
5527 | /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy |
5528 | /// variables appropriately. |
5529 | VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
5530 | QualType InitCaptureType, |
5531 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5532 | unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init); |
5533 | |
5534 | /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture. |
5535 | FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); |
5536 | |
5537 | /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the |
5538 | /// given lambda. |
5539 | void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
5540 | |
5541 | /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. |
5542 | void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); |
5543 | |
5544 | /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return |
5545 | /// statements present in the body. |
5546 | void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); |
5547 | |
5548 | /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start |
5549 | /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and |
5550 | /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the |
5551 | /// lambda. |
5552 | void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
5553 | Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); |
5554 | |
5555 | /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback |
5556 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. |
5557 | void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, |
5558 | bool IsInstantiation = false); |
5559 | |
5560 | /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression |
5561 | /// was successfully completed. |
5562 | ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, |
5563 | Scope *CurScope); |
5564 | |
5565 | /// \brief Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects? |
5566 | bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From); |
5567 | |
5568 | /// \brief Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. |
5569 | void DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(const sema::Capture &From); |
5570 | |
5571 | /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the |
5572 | /// lambda body. |
5573 | ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
5574 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
5575 | |
5576 | /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to |
5577 | /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator. |
5578 | QualType |
5579 | getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType); |
5580 | |
5581 | /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
5582 | /// function pointer. |
5583 | /// |
5584 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
5585 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
5586 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
5587 | /// block pointer conversion. |
5588 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( |
5589 | SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
5590 | |
5591 | /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
5592 | /// block pointer. |
5593 | /// |
5594 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
5595 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
5596 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
5597 | /// block pointer conversion. |
5598 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, |
5599 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
5600 | |
5601 | ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5602 | SourceLocation ConvLocation, |
5603 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv, |
5604 | Expr *Src); |
5605 | |
5606 | // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. |
5607 | ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, |
5608 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings); |
5609 | |
5610 | ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); |
5611 | |
5612 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
5613 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" |
5614 | /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. |
5615 | ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); |
5616 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, |
5617 | bool Value); |
5618 | ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); |
5619 | |
5620 | /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
5621 | /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will |
5622 | /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type |
5623 | /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", |
5624 | /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. |
5625 | ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); |
5626 | |
5627 | ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, |
5628 | Expr *IndexExpr, |
5629 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, |
5630 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); |
5631 | |
5632 | ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, |
5633 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements); |
5634 | |
5635 | ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5636 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, |
5637 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5638 | ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5639 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, |
5640 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); |
5641 | |
5642 | ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5643 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, |
5644 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5645 | ParsedType Ty, |
5646 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5647 | |
5648 | /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector |
5649 | ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, |
5650 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5651 | SourceLocation SelLoc, |
5652 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5653 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5654 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors); |
5655 | |
5656 | /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol |
5657 | ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, |
5658 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5659 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, |
5660 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5661 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, |
5662 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5663 | |
5664 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5665 | // C++ Declarations |
5666 | // |
5667 | Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
5668 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
5669 | Expr *LangStr, |
5670 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
5671 | Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
5672 | Decl *LinkageSpec, |
5673 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
5674 | |
5675 | |
5676 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5677 | // C++ Classes |
5678 | // |
5679 | bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, |
5680 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
5681 | bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
5682 | |
5683 | bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, |
5684 | SourceLocation ASLoc, |
5685 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5686 | AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr); |
5687 | |
5688 | NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5689 | Declarator &D, |
5690 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
5691 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, |
5692 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
5693 | |
5694 | void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); |
5695 | void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, |
5696 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
5697 | Expr *Init); |
5698 | |
5699 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5700 | Scope *S, |
5701 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5702 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5703 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5704 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5705 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5706 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5707 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
5708 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5709 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5710 | |
5711 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5712 | Scope *S, |
5713 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5714 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5715 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5716 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5717 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5718 | Expr *InitList, |
5719 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5720 | |
5721 | MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5722 | Scope *S, |
5723 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5724 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5725 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5726 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5727 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5728 | Expr *Init, |
5729 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5730 | |
5731 | MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, |
5732 | Expr *Init, |
5733 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
5734 | |
5735 | MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, |
5736 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, |
5737 | Expr *Init, |
5738 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
5739 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5740 | |
5741 | MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5742 | Expr *Init, |
5743 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5744 | |
5745 | bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
5746 | CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); |
5747 | |
5748 | bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, |
5749 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); |
5750 | |
5751 | void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); |
5752 | |
5753 | |
5754 | /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, |
5755 | /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as |
5756 | /// referenced. |
5757 | void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
5758 | CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
5759 | |
5760 | /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within |
5761 | /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the |
5762 | /// first use occurred. |
5763 | typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; |
5764 | |
5765 | /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been |
5766 | /// materialized. |
5767 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; |
5768 | |
5769 | /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within |
5770 | /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is |
5771 | /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed |
5772 | /// by code generation). |
5773 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; |
5774 | |
5775 | /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. |
5776 | void LoadExternalVTableUses(); |
5777 | |
5778 | /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the |
5779 | /// given location. |
5780 | void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5781 | bool DefinitionRequired = false); |
5782 | |
5783 | /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions |
5784 | /// in the given class as needed. |
5785 | void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, |
5786 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5787 | |
5788 | /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given |
5789 | /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. |
5790 | void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
5791 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5792 | |
5793 | /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this |
5794 | /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those |
5795 | /// vtables. |
5796 | /// |
5797 | /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. |
5798 | bool DefineUsedVTables(); |
5799 | |
5800 | void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5801 | |
5802 | void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
5803 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5804 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, |
5805 | bool AnyErrors); |
5806 | |
5807 | /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must |
5808 | /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later |
5809 | /// when all outer classes of Class are complete. |
5810 | void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
5811 | |
5812 | void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods(); |
5813 | |
5814 | void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( |
5815 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, |
5816 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, |
5817 | SourceLocation BaseLoc); |
5818 | |
5819 | void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
5820 | |
5821 | /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the |
5822 | /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect. |
5823 | void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD); |
5824 | |
5825 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, |
5826 | Decl *TagDecl, |
5827 | SourceLocation LBrac, |
5828 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
5829 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
5830 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); |
5831 | void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D); |
5832 | |
5833 | void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); |
5834 | unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); |
5835 | void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
5836 | void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
5837 | void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); |
5838 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
5839 | void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
5840 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); |
5841 | void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, |
5842 | CachedTokens &Toks); |
5843 | void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); |
5844 | bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); |
5845 | |
5846 | Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
5847 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
5848 | Expr *AssertMessageExpr, |
5849 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5850 | Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
5851 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
5852 | StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, |
5853 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5854 | bool Failed); |
5855 | |
5856 | FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, |
5857 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
5858 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); |
5859 | Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
5860 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
5861 | NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
5862 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
5863 | |
5864 | QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
5865 | StorageClass& SC); |
5866 | void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5867 | QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
5868 | StorageClass& SC); |
5869 | bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
5870 | void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
5871 | StorageClass& SC); |
5872 | Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); |
5873 | void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
5874 | StorageClass &SC); |
5875 | void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD); |
5876 | |
5877 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5878 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
5879 | const FunctionProtoType *T); |
5880 | void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); |
5881 | |
5882 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5883 | // C++ Derived Classes |
5884 | // |
5885 | |
5886 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier |
5887 | CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5888 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
5889 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
5890 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5891 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5892 | |
5893 | BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, |
5894 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
5895 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
5896 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
5897 | ParsedType basetype, |
5898 | SourceLocation BaseLoc, |
5899 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5900 | |
5901 | bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5902 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
5903 | void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, |
5904 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
5905 | |
5906 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); |
5907 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5908 | CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
5909 | |
5910 | // FIXME: I don't like this name. |
5911 | void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); |
5912 | |
5913 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5914 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
5915 | CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
5916 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
5917 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5918 | unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, |
5919 | unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, |
5920 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
5921 | DeclarationName Name, |
5922 | CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
5923 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
5924 | |
5925 | std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
5926 | |
5927 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5928 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5929 | |
5930 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are |
5931 | /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. |
5932 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5933 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5934 | |
5935 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception |
5936 | /// spec is a subset of base spec. |
5937 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5938 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5939 | |
5940 | bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); |
5941 | |
5942 | /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. |
5943 | void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
5944 | |
5945 | /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was |
5946 | /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. |
5947 | void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
5948 | |
5949 | /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function |
5950 | /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to |
5951 | /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. |
5952 | bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5953 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5954 | |
5955 | |
5956 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5957 | // C++ Access Control |
5958 | // |
5959 | |
5960 | enum AccessResult { |
5961 | AR_accessible, |
5962 | AR_inaccessible, |
5963 | AR_dependent, |
5964 | AR_delayed |
5965 | }; |
5966 | |
5967 | bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, |
5968 | NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, |
5969 | AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); |
5970 | |
5971 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, |
5972 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5973 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, |
5974 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5975 | AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
5976 | SourceRange PlacementRange, |
5977 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
5978 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5979 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5980 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5981 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
5982 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5983 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
5984 | bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); |
5985 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5986 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
5987 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5988 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
5989 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); |
5990 | AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5991 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, |
5992 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
5993 | QualType objectType = QualType()); |
5994 | AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); |
5995 | AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
5996 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
5997 | DeclAccessPair Found); |
5998 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5999 | Expr *ObjectExpr, |
6000 | Expr *ArgExpr, |
6001 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
6002 | AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, |
6003 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
6004 | AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, |
6005 | QualType Base, QualType Derived, |
6006 | const CXXBasePath &Path, |
6007 | unsigned DiagID, |
6008 | bool ForceCheck = false, |
6009 | bool ForceUnprivileged = false); |
6010 | void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); |
6011 | bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); |
6012 | bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, |
6013 | AccessSpecifier access, |
6014 | QualType objectType); |
6015 | |
6016 | void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, |
6017 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6018 | void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, |
6019 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6020 | |
6021 | void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
6022 | |
6023 | /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE |
6024 | /// failures rather than hard errors. |
6025 | bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
6026 | |
6027 | enum AbstractDiagSelID { |
6028 | AbstractNone = -1, |
6029 | AbstractReturnType, |
6030 | AbstractParamType, |
6031 | AbstractVariableType, |
6032 | AbstractFieldType, |
6033 | AbstractIvarType, |
6034 | AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, |
6035 | AbstractArrayType |
6036 | }; |
6037 | |
6038 | bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
6039 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
6040 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
6041 | template <typename... Ts> |
6042 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
6043 | const Ts &...Args) { |
6044 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
6045 | return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
6046 | } |
6047 | |
6048 | void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
6049 | |
6050 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6051 | // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] |
6052 | // |
6053 | |
6054 | bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6055 | |
6056 | bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6057 | |
6058 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6059 | // C++ Templates [C++ 14] |
6060 | // |
6061 | void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6062 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); |
6063 | bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6064 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); |
6065 | |
6066 | void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6067 | QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6068 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
6069 | |
6070 | TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, |
6071 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6072 | bool hasTemplateKeyword, |
6073 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
6074 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
6075 | bool EnteringContext, |
6076 | TemplateTy &Template, |
6077 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
6078 | |
6079 | /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z |
6080 | /// deduction-guide declaration. |
6081 | bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name, |
6082 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6083 | ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr); |
6084 | |
6085 | bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6086 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
6087 | Scope *S, |
6088 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
6089 | TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, |
6090 | TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); |
6091 | |
6092 | bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
6093 | NamedDecl *Instantiation, |
6094 | bool InstantiatedFromMember, |
6095 | const NamedDecl *Pattern, |
6096 | const NamedDecl *PatternDef, |
6097 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
6098 | bool Complain = true); |
6099 | |
6100 | void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); |
6101 | TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); |
6102 | |
6103 | NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, |
6104 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6105 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
6106 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6107 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6108 | unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, |
6109 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6110 | ParsedType DefaultArg); |
6111 | |
6112 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI, |
6113 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6114 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
6115 | |
6116 | NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
6117 | unsigned Depth, |
6118 | unsigned Position, |
6119 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6120 | Expr *DefaultArg); |
6121 | NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, |
6122 | SourceLocation TmpLoc, |
6123 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6124 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6125 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6126 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6127 | unsigned Depth, |
6128 | unsigned Position, |
6129 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6130 | ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); |
6131 | |
6132 | TemplateParameterList * |
6133 | ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, |
6134 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
6135 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6136 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6137 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params, |
6138 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6139 | Expr *RequiresClause); |
6140 | |
6141 | /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. |
6142 | enum TemplateParamListContext { |
6143 | TPC_ClassTemplate, |
6144 | TPC_VarTemplate, |
6145 | TPC_FunctionTemplate, |
6146 | TPC_ClassTemplateMember, |
6147 | TPC_FriendClassTemplate, |
6148 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, |
6149 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, |
6150 | TPC_TypeAliasTemplate |
6151 | }; |
6152 | |
6153 | bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, |
6154 | TemplateParameterList *OldParams, |
6155 | TemplateParamListContext TPC); |
6156 | TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
6157 | SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
6158 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, |
6159 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, |
6160 | bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid); |
6161 | |
6162 | DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
6163 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6164 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6165 | AttributeList *Attr, |
6166 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6167 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
6168 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
6169 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
6170 | unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, |
6171 | TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, |
6172 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6173 | |
6174 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6175 | QualType NTTPType, |
6176 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6177 | |
6178 | void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, |
6179 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); |
6180 | |
6181 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType); |
6182 | |
6183 | void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); |
6184 | |
6185 | QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, |
6186 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6187 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6188 | |
6189 | TypeResult |
6190 | ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6191 | TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6192 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
6193 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6194 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6195 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6196 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
6197 | bool IsClassName = false); |
6198 | |
6199 | /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, |
6200 | /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. |
6201 | TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, |
6202 | TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, |
6203 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
6204 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6205 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6206 | TemplateTy TemplateD, |
6207 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6208 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6209 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, |
6210 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6211 | |
6212 | DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
6213 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, |
6214 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6215 | StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); |
6216 | |
6217 | DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6218 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6219 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6220 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6221 | |
6222 | ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6223 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6224 | VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6225 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6226 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6227 | |
6228 | ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6229 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6230 | LookupResult &R, |
6231 | bool RequiresADL, |
6232 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6233 | |
6234 | ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6235 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6236 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6237 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6238 | |
6239 | TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName( |
6240 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6241 | UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6242 | TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); |
6243 | |
6244 | DeclResult |
6245 | ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
6246 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6247 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
6248 | TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, |
6249 | AttributeList *Attr, |
6250 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6251 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6252 | |
6253 | bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc, |
6254 | TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate, |
6255 | unsigned NumExplicitArgs, |
6256 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
6257 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6258 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6259 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6260 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6261 | |
6262 | Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, |
6263 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6264 | Declarator &D); |
6265 | |
6266 | bool |
6267 | CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, |
6268 | TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, |
6269 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
6270 | TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, |
6271 | SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, |
6272 | bool &SuppressNew); |
6273 | |
6274 | bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
6275 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6276 | LookupResult &Previous); |
6277 | |
6278 | bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
6279 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6280 | LookupResult &Previous); |
6281 | bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6282 | void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6283 | |
6284 | DeclResult |
6285 | ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6286 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6287 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6288 | unsigned TagSpec, |
6289 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6290 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6291 | TemplateTy Template, |
6292 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6293 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6294 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6295 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6296 | AttributeList *Attr); |
6297 | |
6298 | DeclResult |
6299 | ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6300 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6301 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6302 | unsigned TagSpec, |
6303 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6304 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6305 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
6306 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6307 | AttributeList *Attr); |
6308 | |
6309 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6310 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6311 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6312 | Declarator &D); |
6313 | |
6314 | TemplateArgumentLoc |
6315 | SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6316 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6317 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6318 | Decl *Param, |
6319 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> |
6320 | &Converted, |
6321 | bool &HasDefaultArg); |
6322 | |
6323 | /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template |
6324 | /// argument is being checked. |
6325 | enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { |
6326 | /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was |
6327 | /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. |
6328 | CTAK_Specified, |
6329 | |
6330 | /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument |
6331 | /// deduction. |
6332 | CTAK_Deduced, |
6333 | |
6334 | /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound |
6335 | /// via template argument deduction. |
6336 | CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound |
6337 | }; |
6338 | |
6339 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, |
6340 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6341 | NamedDecl *Template, |
6342 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6343 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6344 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, |
6345 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6346 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6347 | |
6348 | /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to |
6349 | /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. |
6350 | /// |
6351 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
6352 | /// provided. |
6353 | /// |
6354 | /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. |
6355 | /// |
6356 | /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is |
6357 | /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of |
6358 | /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template |
6359 | /// arguments. |
6360 | /// |
6361 | /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is |
6362 | /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial |
6363 | /// set of template arguments. |
6364 | /// |
6365 | /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template |
6366 | /// arguments. |
6367 | /// |
6368 | /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to |
6369 | /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written. |
6370 | /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified. |
6371 | /// |
6372 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6373 | bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6374 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6375 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, |
6376 | bool PartialTemplateArgs, |
6377 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6378 | bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true); |
6379 | |
6380 | bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6381 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6382 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); |
6383 | |
6384 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6385 | TypeSourceInfo *Arg); |
6386 | ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
6387 | QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, |
6388 | TemplateArgument &Converted, |
6389 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6390 | bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6391 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); |
6392 | |
6393 | ExprResult |
6394 | BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6395 | QualType ParamType, |
6396 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6397 | ExprResult |
6398 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6399 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6400 | |
6401 | /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared |
6402 | /// for equality. |
6403 | enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { |
6404 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates |
6405 | /// that might be redeclarations. |
6406 | /// |
6407 | /// \code |
6408 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6409 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6410 | /// \endcode |
6411 | TPL_TemplateMatch, |
6412 | |
6413 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template |
6414 | /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists |
6415 | /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. |
6416 | /// |
6417 | /// \code |
6418 | /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; |
6419 | /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; |
6420 | /// \endcode |
6421 | TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, |
6422 | |
6423 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template |
6424 | /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template |
6425 | /// template parameter. |
6426 | /// |
6427 | /// \code |
6428 | /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; |
6429 | /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; |
6430 | /// X<integer_c> xic; |
6431 | /// \endcode |
6432 | TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch |
6433 | }; |
6434 | |
6435 | bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, |
6436 | TemplateParameterList *Old, |
6437 | bool Complain, |
6438 | TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, |
6439 | SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc |
6440 | = SourceLocation()); |
6441 | |
6442 | bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); |
6443 | |
6444 | /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6445 | /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". |
6446 | /// |
6447 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6448 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6449 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6450 | /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). |
6451 | /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. |
6452 | TypeResult |
6453 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6454 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6455 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
6456 | |
6457 | /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6458 | /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., |
6459 | /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". |
6460 | /// |
6461 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6462 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6463 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6464 | /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
6465 | /// \param TemplateName The template name. |
6466 | /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template. |
6467 | /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name. |
6468 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
6469 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
6470 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
6471 | TypeResult |
6472 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6473 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6474 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6475 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
6476 | IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6477 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
6478 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6479 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6480 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6481 | |
6482 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
6483 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
6484 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
6485 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6486 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
6487 | |
6488 | TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
6489 | SourceLocation Loc, |
6490 | DeclarationName Name); |
6491 | bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6492 | |
6493 | ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); |
6494 | bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( |
6495 | TemplateParameterList *Params); |
6496 | |
6497 | std::string |
6498 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6499 | const TemplateArgumentList &Args); |
6500 | |
6501 | std::string |
6502 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6503 | const TemplateArgument *Args, |
6504 | unsigned NumArgs); |
6505 | |
6506 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6507 | // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) |
6508 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6509 | |
6510 | /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this |
6511 | /// location. Useful for error recovery. |
6512 | bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); |
6513 | |
6514 | /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is |
6515 | /// being diagnosed. |
6516 | /// |
6517 | /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first |
6518 | /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. |
6519 | enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { |
6520 | /// \brief An arbitrary expression. |
6521 | UPPC_Expression = 0, |
6522 | |
6523 | /// \brief The base type of a class type. |
6524 | UPPC_BaseType, |
6525 | |
6526 | /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. |
6527 | UPPC_DeclarationType, |
6528 | |
6529 | /// \brief The type of a data member. |
6530 | UPPC_DataMemberType, |
6531 | |
6532 | /// \brief The size of a bit-field. |
6533 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth, |
6534 | |
6535 | /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. |
6536 | UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, |
6537 | |
6538 | /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. |
6539 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, |
6540 | |
6541 | /// \brief The enumerator value. |
6542 | UPPC_EnumeratorValue, |
6543 | |
6544 | /// \brief A using declaration. |
6545 | UPPC_UsingDeclaration, |
6546 | |
6547 | /// \brief A friend declaration. |
6548 | UPPC_FriendDeclaration, |
6549 | |
6550 | /// \brief A declaration qualifier. |
6551 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, |
6552 | |
6553 | /// \brief An initializer. |
6554 | UPPC_Initializer, |
6555 | |
6556 | /// \brief A default argument. |
6557 | UPPC_DefaultArgument, |
6558 | |
6559 | /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. |
6560 | UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, |
6561 | |
6562 | /// \brief The type of an exception. |
6563 | UPPC_ExceptionType, |
6564 | |
6565 | /// \brief Partial specialization. |
6566 | UPPC_PartialSpecialization, |
6567 | |
6568 | /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. |
6569 | UPPC_IfExists, |
6570 | |
6571 | /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. |
6572 | UPPC_IfNotExists, |
6573 | |
6574 | /// \brief Lambda expression. |
6575 | UPPC_Lambda, |
6576 | |
6577 | /// \brief Block expression, |
6578 | UPPC_Block |
6579 | }; |
6580 | |
6581 | /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. |
6582 | /// |
6583 | /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. |
6584 | /// |
6585 | /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded |
6586 | /// parameter packs. |
6587 | /// |
6588 | /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. |
6589 | /// |
6590 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6591 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, |
6592 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, |
6593 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); |
6594 | |
6595 | /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6596 | /// diagnose the error. |
6597 | /// |
6598 | /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. |
6599 | /// |
6600 | /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter |
6601 | /// packs. |
6602 | /// |
6603 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6604 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
6605 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6606 | |
6607 | /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
6608 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
6609 | /// |
6610 | /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
6611 | /// parameter packs. |
6612 | /// |
6613 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6614 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, |
6615 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); |
6616 | |
6617 | /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded |
6618 | /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. |
6619 | /// |
6620 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for |
6621 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6622 | /// |
6623 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6624 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6625 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6626 | |
6627 | /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6628 | /// diagnose the error. |
6629 | /// |
6630 | /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that |
6631 | /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. |
6632 | /// |
6633 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6634 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6635 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6636 | |
6637 | /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6638 | /// diagnose the error. |
6639 | /// |
6640 | /// \param Loc The location of the template name. |
6641 | /// |
6642 | /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded |
6643 | /// parameter packs. |
6644 | /// |
6645 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6646 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, |
6647 | TemplateName Template, |
6648 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6649 | |
6650 | /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter |
6651 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
6652 | /// |
6653 | /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded |
6654 | /// parameter packs. |
6655 | /// |
6656 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6657 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
6658 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6659 | |
6660 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6661 | /// template argument. |
6662 | /// |
6663 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
6664 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6665 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, |
6666 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6667 | |
6668 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6669 | /// template argument. |
6670 | /// |
6671 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
6672 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6673 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
6674 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6675 | |
6676 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6677 | /// type. |
6678 | /// |
6679 | /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find |
6680 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6681 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, |
6682 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6683 | |
6684 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6685 | /// type. |
6686 | /// |
6687 | /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find |
6688 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6689 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, |
6690 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6691 | |
6692 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6693 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
6694 | /// |
6695 | /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find |
6696 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6697 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
6698 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6699 | |
6700 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6701 | /// name. |
6702 | /// |
6703 | /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find |
6704 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6705 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6706 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6707 | |
6708 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an |
6709 | /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. |
6710 | /// |
6711 | /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which |
6712 | /// may already be invalid. |
6713 | /// |
6714 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6715 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
6716 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6717 | |
6718 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which |
6719 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6720 | /// |
6721 | /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6722 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6723 | /// |
6724 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6725 | TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6726 | |
6727 | /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
6728 | /// expansion. |
6729 | TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, |
6730 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6731 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6732 | |
6733 | /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
6734 | /// expansion. |
6735 | QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, |
6736 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
6737 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6738 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6739 | |
6740 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
6741 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6742 | /// |
6743 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6744 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6745 | /// |
6746 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6747 | ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6748 | |
6749 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
6750 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6751 | /// |
6752 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6753 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6754 | /// |
6755 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6756 | ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6757 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6758 | |
6759 | /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the |
6760 | /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly |
6761 | /// transforming the pattern. |
6762 | /// |
6763 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the |
6764 | /// pack expansion. |
6765 | /// |
6766 | /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of |
6767 | /// the pack expansion. |
6768 | /// |
6769 | /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the |
6770 | /// pattern. |
6771 | /// |
6772 | /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should |
6773 | /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When |
6774 | /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. |
6775 | /// |
6776 | /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded |
6777 | /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used |
6778 | /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per |
6779 | /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. |
6780 | /// |
6781 | /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in |
6782 | /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an |
6783 | /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the |
6784 | /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) |
6785 | /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. |
6786 | /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may |
6787 | /// set this value in other cases. |
6788 | /// |
6789 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs |
6790 | /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false |
6791 | /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) |
6792 | /// must be set. |
6793 | bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6794 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
6795 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, |
6796 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6797 | bool &ShouldExpand, |
6798 | bool &RetainExpansion, |
6799 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); |
6800 | |
6801 | /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion |
6802 | /// type. |
6803 | /// |
6804 | /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is |
6805 | /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. |
6806 | /// |
6807 | /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. |
6808 | Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, |
6809 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6810 | |
6811 | /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded |
6812 | /// parameter packs. |
6813 | /// |
6814 | /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators |
6815 | /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., |
6816 | /// |
6817 | /// \code |
6818 | /// void f(T...); |
6819 | /// \endcode |
6820 | /// |
6821 | /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or |
6822 | /// a variadic function. |
6823 | /// |
6824 | /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, |
6825 | /// false otherwise. |
6826 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); |
6827 | |
6828 | /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. |
6829 | /// |
6830 | /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. |
6831 | /// |
6832 | /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. |
6833 | /// |
6834 | /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will |
6835 | /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. |
6836 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( |
6837 | TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, |
6838 | SourceLocation &Ellipsis, |
6839 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; |
6840 | |
6841 | /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but |
6842 | /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of |
6843 | /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded. |
6844 | /// |
6845 | /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to |
6846 | /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible. |
6847 | Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg); |
6848 | |
6849 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6850 | // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) |
6851 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6852 | |
6853 | /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention, |
6854 | /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType. |
6855 | /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function |
6856 | /// types. |
6857 | QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType, |
6858 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false); |
6859 | |
6860 | /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. |
6861 | /// |
6862 | /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of |
6863 | /// template argument deduction, as returned from |
6864 | /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo |
6865 | /// structure provides additional information about the results of |
6866 | /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument |
6867 | /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or |
6868 | /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. |
6869 | enum TemplateDeductionResult { |
6870 | /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. |
6871 | TDK_Success = 0, |
6872 | /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. |
6873 | TDK_Invalid, |
6874 | /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template |
6875 | /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). |
6876 | TDK_InstantiationDepth, |
6877 | /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value |
6878 | /// for every template parameter. |
6879 | TDK_Incomplete, |
6880 | /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent |
6881 | /// deduced values for the given template parameter. |
6882 | TDK_Inconsistent, |
6883 | /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent |
6884 | /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would |
6885 | /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" |
6886 | /// but were given a non-const "X". |
6887 | TDK_Underqualified, |
6888 | /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values |
6889 | /// resulted in an error. |
6890 | TDK_SubstitutionFailure, |
6891 | /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent |
6892 | /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument. |
6893 | TDK_DeducedMismatch, |
6894 | /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of |
6895 | /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element |
6896 | /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list). |
6897 | TDK_DeducedMismatchNested, |
6898 | /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the |
6899 | /// corresponding component of the argument. |
6900 | TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, |
6901 | /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function |
6902 | /// template, there were too many call arguments. |
6903 | TDK_TooManyArguments, |
6904 | /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function |
6905 | /// template, there were too few call arguments. |
6906 | TDK_TooFewArguments, |
6907 | /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid |
6908 | /// template arguments for the given template. |
6909 | TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, |
6910 | /// \brief Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed. |
6911 | TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure, |
6912 | /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. |
6913 | TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure, |
6914 | /// \brief CUDA Target attributes do not match. |
6915 | TDK_CUDATargetMismatch |
6916 | }; |
6917 | |
6918 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6919 | DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
6920 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6921 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6922 | |
6923 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6924 | DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
6925 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6926 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6927 | |
6928 | TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( |
6929 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6930 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6931 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
6932 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, |
6933 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6934 | |
6935 | /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument |
6936 | // deduction for a call. |
6937 | struct OriginalCallArg { |
6938 | OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam, |
6939 | unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType) |
6940 | : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), |
6941 | DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), |
6942 | OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {} |
6943 | |
6944 | QualType OriginalParamType; |
6945 | bool DecomposedParam; |
6946 | unsigned ArgIdx; |
6947 | QualType OriginalArgType; |
6948 | }; |
6949 | |
6950 | TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( |
6951 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6952 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
6953 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6954 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6955 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, |
6956 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
6957 | llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; }); |
6958 | |
6959 | TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments( |
6960 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6961 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6962 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6963 | bool PartialOverloading, |
6964 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent); |
6965 | |
6966 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6967 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6968 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6969 | QualType ArgFunctionType, |
6970 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6971 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6972 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
6973 | |
6974 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6975 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6976 | QualType ToType, |
6977 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, |
6978 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6979 | |
6980 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6981 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6982 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6983 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6984 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6985 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
6986 | |
6987 | /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto |
6988 | QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
6989 | /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto |
6990 | TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
6991 | QualType Replacement); |
6992 | /// \brief Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by |
6993 | /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar. |
6994 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
6995 | |
6996 | /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. |
6997 | enum DeduceAutoResult { |
6998 | DAR_Succeeded, |
6999 | DAR_Failed, |
7000 | DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed |
7001 | }; |
7002 | |
7003 | DeduceAutoResult |
7004 | DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
7005 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
7006 | DeduceAutoResult |
7007 | DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
7008 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
7009 | void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); |
7010 | bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
7011 | bool Diagnose = true); |
7012 | |
7013 | /// \brief Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've |
7014 | /// not already done so. |
7015 | void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template, |
7016 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7017 | |
7018 | QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( |
7019 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
7020 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init); |
7021 | |
7022 | QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, |
7023 | QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
7024 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
7025 | Expr *Init); |
7026 | |
7027 | TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; |
7028 | |
7029 | bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, |
7030 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
7031 | Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); |
7032 | |
7033 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, |
7034 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, |
7035 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7036 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, |
7037 | unsigned NumCallArguments1, |
7038 | unsigned NumCallArguments2); |
7039 | UnresolvedSetIterator |
7040 | getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, |
7041 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, |
7042 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7043 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, |
7044 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, |
7045 | const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, |
7046 | bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); |
7047 | |
7048 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * |
7049 | getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7050 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7051 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, |
7052 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7053 | |
7054 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7055 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7056 | |
7057 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7058 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7059 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); |
7060 | |
7061 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7062 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7063 | |
7064 | bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( |
7065 | TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc); |
7066 | |
7067 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7068 | bool OnlyDeduced, |
7069 | unsigned Depth, |
7070 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
7071 | void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( |
7072 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7073 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { |
7074 | return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); |
7075 | } |
7076 | static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, |
7077 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7078 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); |
7079 | |
7080 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7081 | // C++ Template Instantiation |
7082 | // |
7083 | |
7084 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList |
7085 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, |
7086 | const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, |
7087 | bool RelativeToPrimary = false, |
7088 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); |
7089 | |
7090 | /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location |
7091 | /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template |
7092 | /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions. |
7093 | struct CodeSynthesisContext { |
7094 | /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing |
7095 | enum SynthesisKind { |
7096 | /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is |
7097 | /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). |
7098 | TemplateInstantiation, |
7099 | |
7100 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template |
7101 | /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is |
7102 | /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the |
7103 | /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as |
7104 | /// specified. |
7105 | DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, |
7106 | |
7107 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. |
7108 | /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs |
7109 | /// provides the template arguments as specified. |
7110 | DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, |
7111 | |
7112 | /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for |
7113 | /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. |
7114 | ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7115 | |
7116 | /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of |
7117 | /// template argument deduction for either a class template |
7118 | /// partial specialization or a function template. The |
7119 | /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or |
7120 | /// a TemplateDecl. |
7121 | DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7122 | |
7123 | /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new |
7124 | /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a |
7125 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. |
7126 | PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7127 | |
7128 | /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that |
7129 | /// has been used when naming a template-id. |
7130 | DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, |
7131 | |
7132 | /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function |
7133 | /// template which was deferred until it was needed. |
7134 | ExceptionSpecInstantiation, |
7135 | |
7136 | /// We are declaring an implicit special member function. |
7137 | DeclaringSpecialMember, |
7138 | |
7139 | /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special |
7140 | /// member). |
7141 | DefiningSynthesizedFunction, |
7142 | |
7143 | /// Added for Template instantiation observation. |
7144 | /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because |
7145 | /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we |
7146 | /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated). |
7147 | Memoization |
7148 | } Kind; |
7149 | |
7150 | /// \brief Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context? |
7151 | bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7152 | |
7153 | /// \brief The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code. |
7154 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; |
7155 | |
7156 | /// \brief The entity that is being synthesized. |
7157 | Decl *Entity; |
7158 | |
7159 | /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are |
7160 | /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template |
7161 | /// arguments. |
7162 | NamedDecl *Template; |
7163 | |
7164 | /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they |
7165 | /// are not part of the entity. |
7166 | const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; |
7167 | |
7168 | // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the |
7169 | // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context. |
7170 | union { |
7171 | /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. |
7172 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs; |
7173 | |
7174 | /// \brief The special member being declared or defined. |
7175 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember; |
7176 | }; |
7177 | |
7178 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
7179 | assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember)(static_cast <bool> (Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7179, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7180 | return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs}; |
7181 | } |
7182 | |
7183 | /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the |
7184 | /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. |
7185 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; |
7186 | |
7187 | /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause |
7188 | /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class |
7189 | /// template instantiation. |
7190 | SourceRange InstantiationRange; |
7191 | |
7192 | CodeSynthesisContext() |
7193 | : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Entity(nullptr), Template(nullptr), |
7194 | TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} |
7195 | |
7196 | /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation |
7197 | /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. |
7198 | bool isInstantiationRecord() const; |
7199 | }; |
7200 | |
7201 | /// \brief List of active code synthesis contexts. |
7202 | /// |
7203 | /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires |
7204 | /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack. |
7205 | SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts; |
7206 | |
7207 | /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated. |
7208 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations; |
7209 | |
7210 | /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated |
7211 | /// by some template instantiation. |
7212 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes; |
7213 | |
7214 | /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template |
7215 | /// instantiation. Computed lazily. |
7216 | SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules; |
7217 | |
7218 | /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup |
7219 | /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use |
7220 | /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. |
7221 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; |
7222 | |
7223 | /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during |
7224 | /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a |
7225 | /// template defined within it. |
7226 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); |
7227 | |
7228 | /// \brief Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most |
7229 | /// recent visible declaration of that namespace. |
7230 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache; |
7231 | |
7232 | /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with |
7233 | /// template instantiation. |
7234 | /// |
7235 | /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside |
7236 | /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. |
7237 | bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7238 | |
7239 | /// \brief The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template |
7240 | /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the |
7241 | /// instantiation depth. |
7242 | /// |
7243 | /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit |
7244 | /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation. |
7245 | // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis? |
7246 | unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; |
7247 | |
7248 | /// \brief The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent |
7249 | /// error or warning was produced. |
7250 | /// |
7251 | /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks |
7252 | /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation. |
7253 | // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else. |
7254 | unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; |
7255 | |
7256 | /// \brief The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track |
7257 | /// instantiations (objects can be chained). |
7258 | /// |
7259 | /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template |
7260 | /// instantiations as they are being constructed. |
7261 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>> |
7262 | TemplateInstCallbacks; |
7263 | |
7264 | /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be |
7265 | /// used for substitution of parameter packs. |
7266 | /// |
7267 | /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs |
7268 | /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies |
7269 | /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. |
7270 | int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; |
7271 | |
7272 | /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index |
7273 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
7274 | /// |
7275 | /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. |
7276 | class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { |
7277 | Sema &Self; |
7278 | int OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7279 | |
7280 | public: |
7281 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) |
7282 | : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { |
7283 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; |
7284 | } |
7285 | |
7286 | ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { |
7287 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7288 | } |
7289 | }; |
7290 | |
7291 | friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; |
7292 | |
7293 | /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the |
7294 | /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument |
7295 | /// deduction. |
7296 | /// |
7297 | /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. |
7298 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > |
7299 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; |
7300 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; |
7301 | |
7302 | /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template |
7303 | /// instantiation. |
7304 | /// |
7305 | /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate |
7306 | /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active |
7307 | /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum |
7308 | /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction |
7309 | /// produces an error and evaluates true. |
7310 | /// |
7311 | /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off |
7312 | /// the stack. |
7313 | struct InstantiatingTemplate { |
7314 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, |
7315 | /// function template, variable template, alias template, |
7316 | /// or a member thereof. |
7317 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7318 | Decl *Entity, |
7319 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7320 | |
7321 | struct ExceptionSpecification {}; |
7322 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification |
7323 | /// of a function template. |
7324 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7325 | FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, |
7326 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7327 | |
7328 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a |
7329 | /// template-id. |
7330 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7331 | TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template, |
7332 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7333 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7334 | |
7335 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or |
7336 | /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction. |
7337 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7338 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7339 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7340 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7341 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7342 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7343 | |
7344 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7345 | /// argument deduction for a class template declaration. |
7346 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7347 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7348 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7349 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7350 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7351 | |
7352 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7353 | /// argument deduction for a class template partial |
7354 | /// specialization. |
7355 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7356 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7357 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7358 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7359 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7360 | |
7361 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7362 | /// argument deduction for a variable template partial |
7363 | /// specialization. |
7364 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7365 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7366 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7367 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7368 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7369 | |
7370 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function |
7371 | /// parameter. |
7372 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7373 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
7374 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7375 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7376 | |
7377 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7378 | /// non-type parameter. |
7379 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7380 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7381 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7382 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7383 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7384 | |
7385 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7386 | /// template template parameter. |
7387 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7388 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7389 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7390 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7391 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7392 | |
7393 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument |
7394 | /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. |
7395 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7396 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7397 | NamedDecl *Param, |
7398 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7399 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7400 | |
7401 | |
7402 | /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. |
7403 | void Clear(); |
7404 | |
7405 | ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } |
7406 | |
7407 | /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum |
7408 | /// recursive template instantiations. |
7409 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
7410 | |
7411 | /// \brief Determine whether we are already instantiating this |
7412 | /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation. |
7413 | bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; } |
7414 | |
7415 | private: |
7416 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7417 | bool Invalid; |
7418 | bool AlreadyInstantiating; |
7419 | bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7420 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7421 | |
7422 | InstantiatingTemplate( |
7423 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7424 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, |
7425 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, |
7426 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, |
7427 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); |
7428 | |
7429 | InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7430 | |
7431 | InstantiatingTemplate& |
7432 | operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7433 | }; |
7434 | |
7435 | void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx); |
7436 | void popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
7437 | |
7438 | /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation. |
7439 | bool inTemplateInstantiation() const { |
7440 | return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries; |
7441 | } |
7442 | |
7443 | void PrintContextStack() { |
7444 | if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
7445 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) { |
7446 | PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7447 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(); |
7448 | } |
7449 | if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl) |
7450 | PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7451 | } |
7452 | void PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7453 | |
7454 | void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7455 | |
7456 | /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where |
7457 | /// template argument substitution failures are not considered |
7458 | /// errors. |
7459 | /// |
7460 | /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. |
7461 | /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest |
7462 | /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture |
7463 | /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. |
7464 | Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; |
7465 | |
7466 | /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that |
7467 | /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. |
7468 | bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { |
7469 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7470, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7470 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context")(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7470, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7471 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); |
7472 | } |
7473 | |
7474 | /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has |
7475 | /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument |
7476 | /// deduction. |
7477 | class SFINAETrap { |
7478 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7479 | unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7480 | bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7481 | bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7482 | bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored; |
7483 | |
7484 | public: |
7485 | explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) |
7486 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), |
7487 | PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( |
7488 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), |
7489 | PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE), |
7490 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
7491 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored()) |
7492 | { |
7493 | if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
7494 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; |
7495 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7496 | } |
7497 | |
7498 | ~SFINAETrap() { |
7499 | SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7500 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext |
7501 | = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7502 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7503 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
7504 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored); |
7505 | } |
7506 | |
7507 | /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. |
7508 | bool hasErrorOccurred() const { |
7509 | return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7510 | } |
7511 | }; |
7512 | |
7513 | /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional |
7514 | /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so |
7515 | /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within |
7516 | /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. |
7517 | class TentativeAnalysisScope { |
7518 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7519 | // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. |
7520 | SFINAETrap Trap; |
7521 | bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
7522 | public: |
7523 | explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) |
7524 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), |
7525 | PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { |
7526 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; |
7527 | } |
7528 | ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { |
7529 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
7530 | } |
7531 | }; |
7532 | |
7533 | /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local |
7534 | /// variables. |
7535 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; |
7536 | |
7537 | /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is |
7538 | /// disabled. |
7539 | bool DisableTypoCorrection; |
7540 | |
7541 | /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. |
7542 | unsigned TyposCorrected; |
7543 | |
7544 | typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; |
7545 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; |
7546 | |
7547 | /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and |
7548 | /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a |
7549 | /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. |
7550 | IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; |
7551 | |
7552 | /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. |
7553 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; |
7554 | threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; |
7555 | |
7556 | /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. |
7557 | /// |
7558 | /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in |
7559 | /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily |
7560 | /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the |
7561 | /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), |
7562 | /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, |
7563 | /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. |
7564 | typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; |
7565 | |
7566 | /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
7567 | /// but have not yet been performed. |
7568 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; |
7569 | |
7570 | /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed |
7571 | /// eagerly. |
7572 | SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations; |
7573 | |
7574 | class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope { |
7575 | public: |
7576 | GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled) |
7577 | : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { |
7578 | if (!Enabled) return; |
7579 | |
7580 | SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); |
7581 | SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); |
7582 | } |
7583 | |
7584 | void perform() { |
7585 | if (Enabled) { |
7586 | S.DefineUsedVTables(); |
7587 | S.PerformPendingInstantiations(); |
7588 | } |
7589 | } |
7590 | |
7591 | ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
7592 | if (!Enabled) return; |
7593 | |
7594 | // Restore the set of pending vtables. |
7595 | assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7596, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7596 | "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7596, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7597 | S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); |
7598 | |
7599 | // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. |
7600 | assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7601, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7601 | "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7601, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7602 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
7603 | } |
7604 | |
7605 | private: |
7606 | Sema &S; |
7607 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; |
7608 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; |
7609 | bool Enabled; |
7610 | }; |
7611 | |
7612 | /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
7613 | /// and must be performed within the current local scope. |
7614 | /// |
7615 | /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in |
7616 | /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their |
7617 | /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local |
7618 | /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. |
7619 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
7620 | |
7621 | class LocalEagerInstantiationScope { |
7622 | public: |
7623 | LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) { |
7624 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
7625 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
7626 | } |
7627 | |
7628 | void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); } |
7629 | |
7630 | ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
7631 | assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7632 | "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7633 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
7634 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
7635 | } |
7636 | |
7637 | private: |
7638 | Sema &S; |
7639 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> |
7640 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
7641 | }; |
7642 | |
7643 | /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos. |
7644 | class ExtParameterInfoBuilder { |
7645 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos; |
7646 | bool HasInteresting = false; |
7647 | |
7648 | public: |
7649 | /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index, |
7650 | /// |
7651 | void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) { |
7652 | assert(Infos.size() <= index)(static_cast <bool> (Infos.size() <= index) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Infos.size() <= index", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7652, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7653 | Infos.resize(index); |
7654 | Infos.push_back(info); |
7655 | |
7656 | if (!HasInteresting) |
7657 | HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo()); |
7658 | } |
7659 | |
7660 | /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the |
7661 | /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up. |
7662 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo * |
7663 | getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) { |
7664 | if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr; |
7665 | Infos.resize(numParams); |
7666 | return Infos.data(); |
7667 | } |
7668 | }; |
7669 | |
7670 | void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); |
7671 | |
7672 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7673 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7674 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
7675 | bool AllowDeducedTST = false); |
7676 | |
7677 | QualType SubstType(QualType T, |
7678 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7679 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
7680 | |
7681 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, |
7682 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7683 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
7684 | |
7685 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7686 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7687 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7688 | DeclarationName Entity, |
7689 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, |
7690 | unsigned ThisTypeQuals); |
7691 | void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
7692 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
7693 | bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
7694 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, |
7695 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, |
7696 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
7697 | ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, |
7698 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7699 | int indexAdjustment, |
7700 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, |
7701 | bool ExpectParameterPack); |
7702 | bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
7703 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, |
7704 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7705 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, |
7706 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, |
7707 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos); |
7708 | ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, |
7709 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7710 | |
7711 | /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of |
7712 | /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. |
7713 | /// |
7714 | /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. |
7715 | /// |
7716 | /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case |
7717 | /// default arguments will be dropped. |
7718 | /// |
7719 | /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. |
7720 | /// |
7721 | /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. |
7722 | /// |
7723 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7724 | bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall, |
7725 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7726 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); |
7727 | |
7728 | StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, |
7729 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7730 | |
7731 | TemplateParameterList * |
7732 | SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner, |
7733 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7734 | |
7735 | Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, |
7736 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7737 | |
7738 | ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, |
7739 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7740 | bool CXXDirectInit); |
7741 | |
7742 | bool |
7743 | SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
7744 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
7745 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7746 | |
7747 | bool |
7748 | InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7749 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
7750 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7751 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7752 | bool Complain = true); |
7753 | |
7754 | bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7755 | EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, |
7756 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7757 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7758 | |
7759 | bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( |
7760 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, |
7761 | FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7762 | |
7763 | struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { |
7764 | const Attr *TmplAttr; |
7765 | LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; |
7766 | Decl *NewDecl; |
7767 | |
7768 | LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, |
7769 | Decl *D) |
7770 | : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) |
7771 | { } |
7772 | }; |
7773 | typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; |
7774 | |
7775 | void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7776 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
7777 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7778 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
7779 | |
7780 | void |
7781 | InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7782 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
7783 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7784 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
7785 | |
7786 | bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization( |
7787 | SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec); |
7788 | |
7789 | bool |
7790 | InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7791 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
7792 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7793 | bool Complain = true); |
7794 | |
7795 | void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7796 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
7797 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7798 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7799 | |
7800 | void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( |
7801 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7802 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
7803 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7804 | |
7805 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc |
7806 | SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
7807 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7808 | |
7809 | DeclarationNameInfo |
7810 | SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7811 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7812 | TemplateName |
7813 | SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, |
7814 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7815 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7816 | bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
7817 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, |
7818 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7819 | |
7820 | void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7821 | FunctionDecl *Function); |
7822 | FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, |
7823 | const TemplateArgumentList *Args, |
7824 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7825 | void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7826 | FunctionDecl *Function, |
7827 | bool Recursive = false, |
7828 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
7829 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
7830 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( |
7831 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, |
7832 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, |
7833 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, |
7834 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
7835 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, |
7836 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7837 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); |
7838 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
7839 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, |
7840 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7841 | void |
7842 | BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, |
7843 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7844 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, |
7845 | DeclContext *Owner, |
7846 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, |
7847 | bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false); |
7848 | void InstantiateVariableInitializer( |
7849 | VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, |
7850 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7851 | void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7852 | VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, |
7853 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
7854 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
7855 | |
7856 | void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, |
7857 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, |
7858 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7859 | |
7860 | NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
7861 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7862 | bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false); |
7863 | DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, |
7864 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7865 | |
7866 | // Objective-C declarations. |
7867 | enum ObjCContainerKind { |
7868 | OCK_None = -1, |
7869 | OCK_Interface = 0, |
7870 | OCK_Protocol, |
7871 | OCK_Category, |
7872 | OCK_ClassExtension, |
7873 | OCK_Implementation, |
7874 | OCK_CategoryImplementation |
7875 | }; |
7876 | ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; |
7877 | |
7878 | DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, |
7879 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, |
7880 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, |
7881 | unsigned index, |
7882 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, |
7883 | SourceLocation paramLoc, |
7884 | SourceLocation colonLoc, |
7885 | ParsedType typeBound); |
7886 | |
7887 | ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7888 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, |
7889 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
7890 | void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); |
7891 | |
7892 | Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S, |
7893 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7894 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7895 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7896 | ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
7897 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7898 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
7899 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
7900 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, |
7901 | Decl * const *ProtoRefs, |
7902 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7903 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7904 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7905 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7906 | |
7907 | void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, |
7908 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7909 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
7910 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7911 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7912 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7913 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
7914 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
7915 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); |
7916 | |
7917 | void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, |
7918 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, |
7919 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7920 | SourceLocation SuperLoc); |
7921 | |
7922 | Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( |
7923 | SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, |
7924 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, |
7925 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); |
7926 | |
7927 | bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( |
7928 | IdentifierInfo *PName, |
7929 | SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, |
7930 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); |
7931 | |
7932 | Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( |
7933 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, |
7934 | IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
7935 | Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7936 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7937 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7938 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7939 | |
7940 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7941 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7942 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7943 | ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
7944 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, |
7945 | SourceLocation CategoryLoc, |
7946 | Decl * const *ProtoRefs, |
7947 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7948 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7949 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7950 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7951 | |
7952 | Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( |
7953 | SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, |
7954 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7955 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, |
7956 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); |
7957 | |
7958 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, |
7959 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7960 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7961 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, |
7962 | SourceLocation CatLoc); |
7963 | |
7964 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, |
7965 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); |
7966 | |
7967 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, |
7968 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, |
7969 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, |
7970 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, |
7971 | unsigned NumElts); |
7972 | |
7973 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, |
7974 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, |
7975 | AttributeList *attrList); |
7976 | |
7977 | void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, |
7978 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, |
7979 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); |
7980 | |
7981 | void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, |
7982 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
7983 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, |
7984 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, |
7985 | bool SelectProtocolFirst = false); |
7986 | |
7987 | /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the |
7988 | /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type |
7989 | /// arguments, as appropriate. |
7990 | void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( |
7991 | Scope *S, |
7992 | ParsedType baseType, |
7993 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7994 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, |
7995 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, |
7996 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, |
7997 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, |
7998 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, |
7999 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8000 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, |
8001 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, |
8002 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, |
8003 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); |
8004 | |
8005 | /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no |
8006 | /// base type was specified. |
8007 | TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( |
8008 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
8009 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, |
8010 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, |
8011 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
8012 | |
8013 | /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. |
8014 | TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( |
8015 | Scope *S, |
8016 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8017 | ParsedType BaseType, |
8018 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8019 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, |
8020 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8021 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8022 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, |
8023 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8024 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); |
8025 | |
8026 | /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type. |
8027 | QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, |
8028 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8029 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8030 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8031 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8032 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8033 | |
8034 | /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. |
8035 | QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, |
8036 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8037 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8038 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, |
8039 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8040 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8041 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8042 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8043 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8044 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8045 | |
8046 | /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to |
8047 | /// the given type. |
8048 | bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc); |
8049 | |
8050 | /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. |
8051 | /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will |
8052 | /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. |
8053 | void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, |
8054 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8055 | unsigned &Attributes, |
8056 | bool propertyInPrimaryClass); |
8057 | |
8058 | /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the |
8059 | /// setters and getters as needed. |
8060 | /// \param property The property declaration being processed |
8061 | void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); |
8062 | |
8063 | |
8064 | void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
8065 | ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, |
8066 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8067 | bool OverridingProtocolProperty); |
8068 | |
8069 | void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, |
8070 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); |
8071 | |
8072 | Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, |
8073 | ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, |
8074 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); |
8075 | |
8076 | Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8077 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8078 | FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, |
8079 | Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, |
8080 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8081 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
8082 | |
8083 | Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, |
8084 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8085 | SourceLocation PropertyLoc, |
8086 | bool ImplKind, |
8087 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, |
8088 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, |
8089 | SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc, |
8090 | ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind); |
8091 | |
8092 | enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { |
8093 | OSMK_None, |
8094 | OSMK_Alloc, |
8095 | OSMK_New, |
8096 | OSMK_Copy, |
8097 | OSMK_RetainingInit, |
8098 | OSMK_NonRetainingInit |
8099 | }; |
8100 | |
8101 | struct ObjCArgInfo { |
8102 | IdentifierInfo *Name; |
8103 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
8104 | // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid |
8105 | // in this case. |
8106 | ParsedType Type; |
8107 | ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; |
8108 | |
8109 | /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. |
8110 | AttributeList *ArgAttrs; |
8111 | }; |
8112 | |
8113 | Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( |
8114 | Scope *S, |
8115 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. |
8116 | SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. |
8117 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, |
8118 | ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, |
8119 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, |
8120 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained |
8121 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). |
8122 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, |
8123 | DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args |
8124 | AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8125 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); |
8126 | |
8127 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, |
8128 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8129 | bool IsInstance); |
8130 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, |
8131 | bool IsInstance); |
8132 | |
8133 | bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); |
8134 | bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); |
8135 | |
8136 | ExprResult |
8137 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8138 | Expr *BaseExpr, |
8139 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
8140 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
8141 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
8142 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, |
8143 | bool Super); |
8144 | |
8145 | ExprResult |
8146 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, |
8147 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, |
8148 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, |
8149 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); |
8150 | |
8151 | ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); |
8152 | |
8153 | /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message |
8154 | /// send that starts with an identifier. |
8155 | enum ObjCMessageKind { |
8156 | /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. |
8157 | ObjCSuperMessage, |
8158 | /// \brief The message is an instance message. |
8159 | ObjCInstanceMessage, |
8160 | /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type |
8161 | /// name. |
8162 | ObjCClassMessage |
8163 | }; |
8164 | |
8165 | ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, |
8166 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8167 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
8168 | bool IsSuper, |
8169 | bool HasTrailingDot, |
8170 | ParsedType &ReceiverType); |
8171 | |
8172 | ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8173 | Selector Sel, |
8174 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8175 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8176 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8177 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8178 | |
8179 | ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, |
8180 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8181 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8182 | Selector Sel, |
8183 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8184 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8185 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8186 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8187 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8188 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8189 | |
8190 | ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, |
8191 | bool isSuperReceiver, |
8192 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8193 | Selector Sel, |
8194 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8195 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8196 | |
8197 | ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, |
8198 | ParsedType Receiver, |
8199 | Selector Sel, |
8200 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8201 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8202 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8203 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8204 | |
8205 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, |
8206 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8207 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8208 | Selector Sel, |
8209 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8210 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8211 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8212 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8213 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8214 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8215 | |
8216 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, |
8217 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8218 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8219 | Selector Sel, |
8220 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8221 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8222 | |
8223 | ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, |
8224 | Expr *Receiver, |
8225 | Selector Sel, |
8226 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8227 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8228 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8229 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8230 | |
8231 | ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8232 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8233 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8234 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
8235 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8236 | |
8237 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, |
8238 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8239 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8240 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8241 | ParsedType Type, |
8242 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
8243 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8244 | |
8245 | void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8246 | |
8247 | void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8248 | |
8249 | bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, |
8250 | CastKind &Kind); |
8251 | |
8252 | bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, |
8253 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8254 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, |
8255 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, |
8256 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, |
8257 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, |
8258 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true); |
8259 | |
8260 | bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, |
8261 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8262 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true); |
8263 | |
8264 | bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr, |
8265 | bool Diagnose = true); |
8266 | |
8267 | bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); |
8268 | |
8269 | /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the |
8270 | /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. |
8271 | void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, |
8272 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); |
8273 | |
8274 | /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. |
8275 | enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { |
8276 | RTC_Compatible, |
8277 | RTC_Incompatible, |
8278 | RTC_Unknown |
8279 | }; |
8280 | |
8281 | void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, |
8282 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, |
8283 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); |
8284 | |
8285 | enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { |
8286 | POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native |
8287 | POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural |
8288 | POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed |
8289 | POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power |
8290 | POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k |
8291 | POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset |
8292 | }; |
8293 | |
8294 | /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section |
8295 | void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8296 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
8297 | PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName); |
8298 | |
8299 | /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. |
8300 | void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, |
8301 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8302 | |
8303 | /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). |
8304 | void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8305 | StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment); |
8306 | |
8307 | enum class PragmaPackDiagnoseKind { |
8308 | NonDefaultStateAtInclude, |
8309 | ChangedStateAtExit |
8310 | }; |
8311 | |
8312 | void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaPack(PragmaPackDiagnoseKind Kind, |
8313 | SourceLocation IncludeLoc); |
8314 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaPack(); |
8315 | |
8316 | /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. |
8317 | void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); |
8318 | |
8319 | /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed |
8320 | /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). |
8321 | void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, |
8322 | StringRef Arg); |
8323 | |
8324 | /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma |
8325 | /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose |
8326 | /// representation]). |
8327 | void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( |
8328 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, |
8329 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8330 | |
8331 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). |
8332 | void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8333 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8334 | MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value); |
8335 | |
8336 | enum PragmaSectionKind { |
8337 | PSK_DataSeg, |
8338 | PSK_BSSSeg, |
8339 | PSK_ConstSeg, |
8340 | PSK_CodeSeg, |
8341 | }; |
8342 | |
8343 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8344 | int SectionFlags, |
8345 | DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl); |
8346 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8347 | int SectionFlags, |
8348 | SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); |
8349 | |
8350 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. |
8351 | void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8352 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8353 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
8354 | StringLiteral *SegmentName, |
8355 | llvm::StringRef PragmaName); |
8356 | |
8357 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section(). |
8358 | void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8359 | int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8360 | |
8361 | /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). |
8362 | void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8363 | StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8364 | |
8365 | /// \brief Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II |
8366 | void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II); |
8367 | |
8368 | /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch |
8369 | void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
8370 | StringRef Value); |
8371 | |
8372 | /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. |
8373 | void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, |
8374 | Scope *curScope, |
8375 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8376 | |
8377 | /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . |
8378 | void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, |
8379 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8380 | |
8381 | NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, |
8382 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8383 | void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); |
8384 | |
8385 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. |
8386 | void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8387 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8388 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); |
8389 | |
8390 | /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed |
8391 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. |
8392 | void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8393 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8394 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8395 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8396 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8397 | |
8398 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. |
8399 | void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8400 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8401 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8402 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8403 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8404 | |
8405 | /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed |
8406 | /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and |
8407 | /// \#pragma clang fp contract |
8408 | void ActOnPragmaFPContract(LangOptions::FPContractModeKind FPC); |
8409 | |
8410 | /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to |
8411 | /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. |
8412 | void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8413 | |
8414 | /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. |
8415 | void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8416 | |
8417 | /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. |
8418 | void FreePackedContext(); |
8419 | |
8420 | /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a |
8421 | /// namespace with a visibility attribute. |
8422 | void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, |
8423 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8424 | |
8425 | /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, |
8426 | /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. |
8427 | void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); |
8428 | |
8429 | /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used |
8430 | /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. |
8431 | void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8432 | |
8433 | /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. |
8434 | void FreeVisContext(); |
8435 | |
8436 | /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within |
8437 | /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding |
8438 | /// the appropriate attribute. |
8439 | void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); |
8440 | |
8441 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute push'. |
8442 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePush(AttributeList &Attribute, |
8443 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8444 | attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules); |
8445 | |
8446 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'. |
8447 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8448 | |
8449 | /// \brief Adds the attributes that have been specified using the |
8450 | /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration. |
8451 | void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8452 | |
8453 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute(); |
8454 | |
8455 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. |
8456 | void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8457 | |
8458 | /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize |
8459 | /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". |
8460 | SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { |
8461 | return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
8462 | } |
8463 | |
8464 | /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope |
8465 | /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function |
8466 | /// with attribute optnone. |
8467 | void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); |
8468 | |
8469 | /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there |
8470 | /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' |
8471 | /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). |
8472 | void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
8473 | |
8474 | /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. |
8475 | void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
8476 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); |
8477 | void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8478 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); |
8479 | |
8480 | /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular |
8481 | /// declaration. |
8482 | void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE, |
8483 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8484 | |
8485 | /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular |
8486 | /// declaration. |
8487 | void AddAllocAlignAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *ParamExpr, |
8488 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8489 | |
8490 | /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular |
8491 | /// declaration. |
8492 | void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
8493 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8494 | |
8495 | /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular |
8496 | /// declaration. |
8497 | void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads, |
8498 | Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8499 | |
8500 | /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration. |
8501 | void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8502 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false); |
8503 | |
8504 | void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, |
8505 | ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8506 | |
8507 | void AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, |
8508 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool isNSConsumed, |
8509 | bool isTemplateInstantiation); |
8510 | |
8511 | bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type); |
8512 | |
8513 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8514 | // C++ Coroutines TS |
8515 | // |
8516 | bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, |
8517 | StringRef Keyword); |
8518 | ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8519 | ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8520 | StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8521 | |
8522 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8523 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
8524 | ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8525 | UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup); |
8526 | ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8527 | StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8528 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
8529 | StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs); |
8530 | bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc); |
8531 | VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc); |
8532 | void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); |
8533 | |
8534 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8535 | // OpenCL extensions. |
8536 | // |
8537 | private: |
8538 | std::string CurrOpenCLExtension; |
8539 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type. |
8540 | llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap; |
8541 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration. |
8542 | llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap; |
8543 | public: |
8544 | llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const { |
8545 | return CurrOpenCLExtension; |
8546 | } |
8547 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) { |
8548 | CurrOpenCLExtension = Ext; |
8549 | } |
8550 | |
8551 | /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these |
8552 | /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing. |
8553 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
8554 | void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
8555 | |
8556 | /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be |
8557 | /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do |
8558 | /// nothing. |
8559 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
8560 | void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
8561 | |
8562 | /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used |
8563 | /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is |
8564 | /// empty, do nothing. |
8565 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T); |
8566 | |
8567 | /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which |
8568 | /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current |
8569 | /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing. |
8570 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD); |
8571 | |
8572 | bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD); |
8573 | |
8574 | /// \brief Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS |
8575 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
8576 | /// emit diagnostics. |
8577 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
8578 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T); |
8579 | |
8580 | /// \brief Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E |
8581 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
8582 | /// emit diagnostics. |
8583 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
8584 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const NamedDecl &D, const Expr &E); |
8585 | |
8586 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8587 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
8588 | // |
8589 | private: |
8590 | void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; |
8591 | /// Set to true inside '#pragma omp declare target' region. |
8592 | bool IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext = false; |
8593 | /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. |
8594 | void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
8595 | void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
8596 | ExprResult |
8597 | VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind, |
8598 | bool StrictlyPositive = true); |
8599 | /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive. |
8600 | unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const; |
8601 | |
8602 | /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions. |
8603 | void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex, |
8604 | unsigned Level) const; |
8605 | |
8606 | /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
8607 | void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion(); |
8608 | |
8609 | /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
8610 | void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI); |
8611 | |
8612 | /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension |
8613 | /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled. |
8614 | /// \param D type or declaration to be checked. |
8615 | /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message. |
8616 | /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message. |
8617 | /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration. |
8618 | /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions. |
8619 | /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for |
8620 | /// declaration. |
8621 | /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled. |
8622 | template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT> |
8623 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo, |
8624 | MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0, |
8625 | SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange()); |
8626 | |
8627 | public: |
8628 | /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by |
8629 | /// reference. |
8630 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8631 | /// is performed. |
8632 | bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8633 | |
8634 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private |
8635 | /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP |
8636 | /// constructs. |
8637 | VarDecl *IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D); |
8638 | ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK, |
8639 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc); |
8640 | |
8641 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. |
8642 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8643 | /// is performed. |
8644 | bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8645 | |
8646 | /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.) |
8647 | /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration |
8648 | /// \p D. |
8649 | void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8650 | |
8651 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. |
8652 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8653 | /// is performed. |
8654 | bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8655 | |
8656 | ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
8657 | Expr *Op); |
8658 | /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. |
8659 | void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, |
8660 | const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, |
8661 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8662 | /// \brief Start analysis of clauses. |
8663 | void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); |
8664 | /// \brief End analysis of clauses. |
8665 | void EndOpenMPClause(); |
8666 | /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block. |
8667 | void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); |
8668 | |
8669 | /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, |
8670 | /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as |
8671 | /// private by default. |
8672 | /// \param Init First part of the for loop. |
8673 | void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); |
8674 | |
8675 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
8676 | /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp |
8677 | /// threadprivate'. |
8678 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, |
8679 | CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
8680 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); |
8681 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. |
8682 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( |
8683 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8684 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
8685 | /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. |
8686 | OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( |
8687 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8688 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
8689 | /// \brief Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
8690 | /// reduction' construct. |
8691 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
8692 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
8693 | /// \brief Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
8694 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart( |
8695 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, |
8696 | ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes, |
8697 | AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
8698 | /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
8699 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8700 | /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
8701 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner); |
8702 | /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
8703 | /// \return omp_priv variable. |
8704 | VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8705 | /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
8706 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer, |
8707 | VarDecl *OmpPrivParm); |
8708 | /// \brief Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
8709 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd( |
8710 | Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid); |
8711 | |
8712 | /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'. |
8713 | bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc); |
8714 | /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'. |
8715 | void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(); |
8716 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'. |
8717 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
8718 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
8719 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT, |
8720 | NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls); |
8721 | /// Check declaration inside target region. |
8722 | void checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D, |
8723 | SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation()); |
8724 | /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region. |
8725 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const { |
8726 | return IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext; |
8727 | } |
8728 | /// Return true inside OpenMP target region. |
8729 | bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const; |
8730 | /// Return true if (un)supported features for the current target should be |
8731 | /// diagnosed if OpenMP (offloading) is enabled. |
8732 | bool shouldDiagnoseTargetSupportFromOpenMP() const { |
8733 | return !getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || |
8734 | isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective(); |
8735 | } |
8736 | |
8737 | /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive. |
8738 | static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
8739 | |
8740 | /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. |
8741 | void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); |
8742 | /// \brief End of OpenMP region. |
8743 | /// |
8744 | /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. |
8745 | /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. |
8746 | /// |
8747 | /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. |
8748 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
8749 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( |
8750 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
8751 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8752 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8753 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing |
8754 | /// of the associated statement. |
8755 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8756 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8757 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8758 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8759 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing |
8760 | /// of the associated statement. |
8761 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective( |
8762 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8763 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8764 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8765 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing |
8766 | /// of the associated statement. |
8767 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective( |
8768 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8769 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8770 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8771 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing |
8772 | /// of the associated statement. |
8773 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective( |
8774 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8775 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8776 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8777 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing |
8778 | /// of the associated statement. |
8779 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8780 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8781 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8782 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the |
8783 | /// associated statement. |
8784 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8785 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8786 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the |
8787 | /// associated statement. |
8788 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8789 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8790 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8791 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the |
8792 | /// associated statement. |
8793 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8794 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8795 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the |
8796 | /// associated statement. |
8797 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
8798 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8799 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8800 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8801 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing |
8802 | /// of the associated statement. |
8803 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( |
8804 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8805 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8806 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8807 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after |
8808 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8809 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
8810 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8811 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8812 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8813 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after |
8814 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8815 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8816 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8817 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8818 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8819 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the |
8820 | /// associated statement. |
8821 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8822 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8823 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8824 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. |
8825 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8826 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8827 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. |
8828 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8829 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8830 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. |
8831 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8832 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8833 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. |
8834 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8835 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8836 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8837 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. |
8838 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8839 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8840 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8841 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the |
8842 | /// associated statement. |
8843 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8844 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8845 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8846 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the |
8847 | /// associated statement. |
8848 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8849 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8850 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8851 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the |
8852 | /// associated statement. |
8853 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8854 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8855 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8856 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of |
8857 | /// the associated statement. |
8858 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8859 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8860 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8861 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after |
8862 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8863 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8864 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8865 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8866 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8867 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after |
8868 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8869 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8870 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8871 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8872 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8873 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after |
8874 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8875 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8876 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8877 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8878 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8879 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after |
8880 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8881 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
8882 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8883 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8884 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8885 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the |
8886 | /// associated statement. |
8887 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8888 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8889 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8890 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. |
8891 | StmtResult |
8892 | ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8893 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8894 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
8895 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. |
8896 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8897 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8898 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8899 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
8900 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the |
8901 | /// associated statement. |
8902 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective( |
8903 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8904 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8905 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8906 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of |
8907 | /// the associated statement. |
8908 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
8909 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8910 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8911 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8912 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing |
8913 | /// of the associated statement. |
8914 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective( |
8915 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8916 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8917 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8918 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'. |
8919 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8920 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8921 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8922 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8923 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after |
8924 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8925 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8926 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8927 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8928 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8929 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd' |
8930 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8931 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8932 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8933 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8934 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8935 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after |
8936 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8937 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
8938 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8939 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8940 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8941 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after |
8942 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8943 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
8944 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8945 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8946 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8947 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of |
8948 | /// the associated statement. |
8949 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective( |
8950 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8951 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8952 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8953 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of |
8954 | /// the associated statement. |
8955 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
8956 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8957 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8958 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8959 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing |
8960 | /// of the associated statement. |
8961 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
8962 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8963 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8964 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8965 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd' |
8966 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8967 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8968 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8969 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8970 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8971 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for' |
8972 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8973 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8974 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8975 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8976 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8977 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the |
8978 | /// associated statement. |
8979 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8980 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8981 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8982 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8983 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing |
8984 | /// of the associated statement. |
8985 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
8986 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8987 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8988 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8989 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for' |
8990 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8991 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8992 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8993 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8994 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8995 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for |
8996 | /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement. |
8997 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8998 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8999 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9000 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9001 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after |
9002 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9003 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
9004 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9005 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9006 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9007 | |
9008 | /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers. |
9009 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
9010 | SourceLocation LinLoc); |
9011 | /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear |
9012 | /// decls. |
9013 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc, |
9014 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type); |
9015 | |
9016 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of |
9017 | /// the associated method/function. |
9018 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective( |
9019 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS, |
9020 | Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds, |
9021 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears, |
9022 | ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR); |
9023 | |
9024 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9025 | Expr *Expr, |
9026 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9027 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9028 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9029 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause. |
9030 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, |
9031 | Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9032 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9033 | SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, |
9034 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9035 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9036 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause. |
9037 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9038 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9039 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9040 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. |
9041 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, |
9042 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9043 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9044 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9045 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. |
9046 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, |
9047 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9048 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9049 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9050 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. |
9051 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9052 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9053 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9054 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. |
9055 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, |
9056 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9057 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9058 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9059 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. |
9060 | OMPClause * |
9061 | ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9062 | SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), |
9063 | Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); |
9064 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. |
9065 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9066 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9067 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9068 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. |
9069 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9070 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9071 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9072 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. |
9073 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9074 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9075 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9076 | |
9077 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9078 | unsigned Argument, |
9079 | SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, |
9080 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9081 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9082 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9083 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. |
9084 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, |
9085 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9086 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9087 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9088 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9089 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. |
9090 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind, |
9091 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9092 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9093 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9094 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9095 | |
9096 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause( |
9097 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr, |
9098 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9099 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc, |
9100 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9101 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. |
9102 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause( |
9103 | OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2, |
9104 | OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9105 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc, |
9106 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9107 | |
9108 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9109 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9110 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. |
9111 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9112 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9113 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. |
9114 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9115 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9116 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. |
9117 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9118 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9119 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause. |
9120 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9121 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9122 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause. |
9123 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9124 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9125 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
9126 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9127 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9128 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. |
9129 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9130 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9131 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. |
9132 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9133 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9134 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. |
9135 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9136 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9137 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. |
9138 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9139 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9140 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. |
9141 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9142 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9143 | |
9144 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( |
9145 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr, |
9146 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9147 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9148 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9149 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, |
9150 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, |
9151 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
9152 | SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc); |
9153 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. |
9154 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9155 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9156 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9157 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9158 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. |
9159 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9160 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9161 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9162 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9163 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. |
9164 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9165 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9166 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9167 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9168 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. |
9169 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9170 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9171 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9172 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9173 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. |
9174 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause( |
9175 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9176 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9177 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9178 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9179 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9180 | /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause. |
9181 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause( |
9182 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9183 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9184 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9185 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9186 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9187 | /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause. |
9188 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause( |
9189 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9190 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9191 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9192 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9193 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9194 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. |
9195 | OMPClause * |
9196 | ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, |
9197 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9198 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, |
9199 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9200 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. |
9201 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9202 | Expr *Alignment, |
9203 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9204 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9205 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9206 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9207 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. |
9208 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9209 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9210 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9211 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9212 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. |
9213 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9214 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9215 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9216 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9217 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. |
9218 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9219 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9220 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9221 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9222 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. |
9223 | OMPClause * |
9224 | ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc, |
9225 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9226 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9227 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9228 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause. |
9229 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9230 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9231 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9232 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause. |
9233 | OMPClause * |
9234 | ActOnOpenMPMapClause(OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, |
9235 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
9236 | SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9237 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9238 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9239 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. |
9240 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9241 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9242 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9243 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. |
9244 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, |
9245 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9246 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9247 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9248 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. |
9249 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9250 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9251 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9252 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause. |
9253 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause( |
9254 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, |
9255 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9256 | SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9257 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause. |
9258 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause( |
9259 | OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind, |
9260 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc, |
9261 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9262 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'to' clause. |
9263 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9264 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9265 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9266 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9267 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'from' clause. |
9268 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9269 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9270 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9271 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9272 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause. |
9273 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9274 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9275 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9276 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9277 | /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause. |
9278 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9279 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9280 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9281 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9282 | |
9283 | /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. |
9284 | enum CheckedConversionKind { |
9285 | /// \brief An implicit conversion. |
9286 | CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
9287 | /// \brief A C-style cast. |
9288 | CCK_CStyleCast, |
9289 | /// \brief A functional-style cast. |
9290 | CCK_FunctionalCast, |
9291 | /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. |
9292 | CCK_OtherCast |
9293 | }; |
9294 | |
9295 | /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit |
9296 | /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. |
9297 | /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. |
9298 | ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, |
9299 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, |
9300 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
9301 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
9302 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
9303 | |
9304 | /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding |
9305 | /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. |
9306 | static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); |
9307 | |
9308 | /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is |
9309 | /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are |
9310 | /// required. |
9311 | ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); |
9312 | |
9313 | // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts |
9314 | // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
9315 | ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9316 | |
9317 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
9318 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
9319 | ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9320 | |
9321 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays |
9322 | // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
9323 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); |
9324 | |
9325 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and |
9326 | // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the |
9327 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. |
9328 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, |
9329 | bool Diagnose = true); |
9330 | |
9331 | // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on |
9332 | // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, |
9333 | // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array |
9334 | // type. |
9335 | ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); |
9336 | |
9337 | // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
9338 | // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each |
9339 | // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. |
9340 | ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); |
9341 | |
9342 | /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize |
9343 | /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because |
9344 | /// we don't have xvalues there. |
9345 | ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E); |
9346 | |
9347 | // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion |
9348 | enum VariadicCallType { |
9349 | VariadicFunction, |
9350 | VariadicBlock, |
9351 | VariadicMethod, |
9352 | VariadicConstructor, |
9353 | VariadicDoesNotApply |
9354 | }; |
9355 | |
9356 | VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
9357 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9358 | Expr *Fn); |
9359 | |
9360 | // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a |
9361 | // vararg function. |
9362 | enum VarArgKind { |
9363 | VAK_Valid, |
9364 | VAK_ValidInCXX11, |
9365 | VAK_Undefined, |
9366 | VAK_MSVCUndefined, |
9367 | VAK_Invalid |
9368 | }; |
9369 | |
9370 | // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. |
9371 | VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); |
9372 | |
9373 | /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic |
9374 | /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. |
9375 | void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); |
9376 | |
9377 | /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. |
9378 | bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); |
9379 | |
9380 | /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various |
9381 | /// form of call prototypes. |
9382 | bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
9383 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9384 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
9385 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
9386 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, |
9387 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
9388 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
9389 | |
9390 | // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
9391 | // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
9392 | ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
9393 | FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
9394 | |
9395 | // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's |
9396 | // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary |
9397 | // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
9398 | // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
9399 | // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
9400 | QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9401 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9402 | |
9403 | /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this |
9404 | /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are |
9405 | /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from |
9406 | /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a |
9407 | /// source and destination type. |
9408 | enum AssignConvertType { |
9409 | /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. |
9410 | Compatible, |
9411 | |
9412 | /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we |
9413 | /// accept as an extension. |
9414 | PointerToInt, |
9415 | |
9416 | /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we |
9417 | /// accept as an extension. |
9418 | IntToPointer, |
9419 | |
9420 | /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and |
9421 | /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. |
9422 | FunctionVoidPointer, |
9423 | |
9424 | /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that |
9425 | /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. |
9426 | IncompatiblePointer, |
9427 | |
9428 | /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types |
9429 | /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise |
9430 | /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by |
9431 | /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. |
9432 | IncompatiblePointerSign, |
9433 | |
9434 | /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards |
9435 | /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. |
9436 | CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
9437 | |
9438 | /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment |
9439 | /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, |
9440 | /// like address spaces. |
9441 | IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
9442 | |
9443 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two |
9444 | /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two |
9445 | /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an |
9446 | /// extension. |
9447 | IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, |
9448 | |
9449 | /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that |
9450 | /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. |
9451 | IncompatibleVectors, |
9452 | |
9453 | /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block |
9454 | /// pointer. We disallow this. |
9455 | IntToBlockPointer, |
9456 | |
9457 | /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block |
9458 | /// pointers types that are not compatible. |
9459 | IncompatibleBlockPointer, |
9460 | |
9461 | /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified |
9462 | /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, |
9463 | /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. |
9464 | IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, |
9465 | |
9466 | /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an |
9467 | /// object with __weak qualifier. |
9468 | IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, |
9469 | |
9470 | /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to |
9471 | /// represent it in the AST. |
9472 | Incompatible |
9473 | }; |
9474 | |
9475 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the |
9476 | /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the |
9477 | /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. |
9478 | bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
9479 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9480 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
9481 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
9482 | bool *Complained = nullptr); |
9483 | |
9484 | /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag |
9485 | /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid |
9486 | /// value, to be used as a mask. |
9487 | bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
9488 | bool AllowMask) const; |
9489 | |
9490 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant |
9491 | /// integer not in the range of enum values. |
9492 | void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
9493 | Expr *SrcExpr); |
9494 | |
9495 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, |
9496 | /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. |
9497 | /// C99 6.5.16. |
9498 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
9499 | QualType LHSType, |
9500 | QualType RHSType); |
9501 | |
9502 | /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of |
9503 | /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS |
9504 | /// is true. |
9505 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, |
9506 | ExprResult &RHS, |
9507 | CastKind &Kind, |
9508 | bool ConvertRHS = true); |
9509 | |
9510 | /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType. |
9511 | /// |
9512 | /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment. |
9513 | /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment. |
9514 | /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking |
9515 | /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be |
9516 | /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return |
9517 | /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment. |
9518 | /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter |
9519 | /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked |
9520 | /// for ARC retain issues. |
9521 | /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the |
9522 | /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false, |
9523 | /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false. |
9524 | AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( |
9525 | QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true, |
9526 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true); |
9527 | |
9528 | // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we |
9529 | // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. |
9530 | AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
9531 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9532 | |
9533 | bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
9534 | |
9535 | bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
9536 | |
9537 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9538 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9539 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
9540 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9541 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9542 | bool AllowExplicit, |
9543 | ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); |
9544 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9545 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, |
9546 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9547 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
9548 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
9549 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9550 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, |
9551 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9552 | CheckedConversionKind CCK); |
9553 | |
9554 | /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType |
9555 | /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). |
9556 | |
9557 | /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). |
9558 | QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
9559 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9560 | QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
9561 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9562 | QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 |
9563 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
9564 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); |
9565 | QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
9566 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
9567 | bool IsDivide); |
9568 | QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
9569 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9570 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9571 | QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
9572 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9573 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
9574 | QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
9575 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9576 | QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
9577 | QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 |
9578 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9579 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9580 | QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 |
9581 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9582 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational); |
9583 | QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] |
9584 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9585 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9586 | QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
9587 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9588 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9589 | // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. |
9590 | // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. |
9591 | // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. |
9592 | QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] |
9593 | Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); |
9594 | |
9595 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9596 | UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); |
9597 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9598 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, |
9599 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9600 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); |
9601 | Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
9602 | |
9603 | QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 |
9604 | ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9605 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9606 | QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 |
9607 | ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, |
9608 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); |
9609 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, |
9610 | bool ConvertArgs = true); |
9611 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, |
9612 | ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, |
9613 | bool ConvertArgs = true) { |
9614 | Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); |
9615 | QualType Composite = |
9616 | FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs); |
9617 | E1 = E1Tmp; |
9618 | E2 = E2Tmp; |
9619 | return Composite; |
9620 | } |
9621 | |
9622 | QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9623 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9624 | |
9625 | bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
9626 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9627 | |
9628 | void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, |
9629 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, |
9630 | bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); |
9631 | |
9632 | /// type checking for vector binary operators. |
9633 | QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9634 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
9635 | bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion); |
9636 | QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); |
9637 | QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9638 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9639 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9640 | QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9641 | SourceLocation Loc); |
9642 | |
9643 | bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
9644 | bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
9645 | |
9646 | /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) |
9647 | bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); |
9648 | |
9649 | // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). |
9650 | |
9651 | /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two |
9652 | /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the |
9653 | /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). |
9654 | enum ReferenceCompareResult { |
9655 | /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct |
9656 | /// reference binding is not possible. |
9657 | Ref_Incompatible = 0, |
9658 | /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means |
9659 | /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same |
9660 | /// or T1 is a base class of T2. |
9661 | Ref_Related, |
9662 | /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible. |
9663 | Ref_Compatible |
9664 | }; |
9665 | |
9666 | ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, |
9667 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
9668 | bool &DerivedToBase, |
9669 | bool &ObjCConversion, |
9670 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
9671 | |
9672 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
9673 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
9674 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); |
9675 | |
9676 | /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the |
9677 | /// given type. |
9678 | ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); |
9679 | |
9680 | /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an |
9681 | /// __unknown_anytype parameter. |
9682 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
9683 | Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); |
9684 | |
9685 | // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. |
9686 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
9687 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. |
9688 | // returns true if the cast is invalid |
9689 | bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
9690 | CastKind &Kind); |
9691 | |
9692 | /// \brief Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding |
9693 | /// implicit casts if necessary. |
9694 | ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr); |
9695 | |
9696 | // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. |
9697 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
9698 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, |
9699 | // or vectors and the element type of that vector. |
9700 | // returns the cast expr |
9701 | ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, |
9702 | CastKind &Kind); |
9703 | |
9704 | ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type, |
9705 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9706 | Expr *CastExpr, |
9707 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
9708 | |
9709 | enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error }; |
9710 | |
9711 | /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between |
9712 | /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak. |
9713 | ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, |
9714 | QualType castType, Expr *&op, |
9715 | CheckedConversionKind CCK, |
9716 | bool Diagnose = true, |
9717 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, |
9718 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD |
9719 | ); |
9720 | |
9721 | Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
9722 | void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
9723 | |
9724 | bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, |
9725 | QualType ExprType); |
9726 | |
9727 | /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send |
9728 | /// might create an obvious retain cycle. |
9729 | void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); |
9730 | void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); |
9731 | void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); |
9732 | |
9733 | /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
9734 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. |
9735 | bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9736 | |
9737 | /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
9738 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. |
9739 | void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9740 | |
9741 | /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. |
9742 | /// \param Method - May be null. |
9743 | /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. |
9744 | /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. |
9745 | bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, |
9746 | MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, |
9747 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
9748 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
9749 | bool isSuperMessage, |
9750 | SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, |
9751 | SourceRange RecRange, |
9752 | QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); |
9753 | |
9754 | /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on |
9755 | /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, |
9756 | /// and the form of the message send. |
9757 | QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, |
9758 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
9759 | bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); |
9760 | |
9761 | /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method |
9762 | /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. |
9763 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); |
9764 | |
9765 | /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return |
9766 | /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result |
9767 | /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. |
9768 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); |
9769 | |
9770 | class ConditionResult { |
9771 | Decl *ConditionVar; |
9772 | FullExprArg Condition; |
9773 | bool Invalid; |
9774 | bool HasKnownValue; |
9775 | bool KnownValue; |
9776 | |
9777 | friend class Sema; |
9778 | ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition, |
9779 | bool IsConstexpr) |
9780 | : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false), |
9781 | HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() && |
9782 | !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()), |
9783 | KnownValue(HasKnownValue && |
9784 | !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {} |
9785 | explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid) |
9786 | : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid), |
9787 | HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {} |
9788 | |
9789 | public: |
9790 | ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {} |
9791 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
9792 | std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const { |
9793 | return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), |
9794 | Condition.get()); |
9795 | } |
9796 | llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { |
9797 | if (!HasKnownValue) |
9798 | return None; |
9799 | return KnownValue; |
9800 | } |
9801 | }; |
9802 | static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); } |
9803 | |
9804 | enum class ConditionKind { |
9805 | Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'. |
9806 | ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'. |
9807 | Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement. |
9808 | }; |
9809 | |
9810 | ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
9811 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK); |
9812 | |
9813 | ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, |
9814 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
9815 | ConditionKind CK); |
9816 | |
9817 | DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
9818 | |
9819 | ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, |
9820 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
9821 | ConditionKind CK); |
9822 | ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond); |
9823 | |
9824 | /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of |
9825 | /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if |
9826 | /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array |
9827 | /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. |
9828 | /// |
9829 | /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the |
9830 | /// 'if' keyword. |
9831 | /// \return true iff there were any errors |
9832 | ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
9833 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
9834 | |
9835 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is |
9836 | /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. |
9837 | void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); |
9838 | |
9839 | /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
9840 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
9841 | void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); |
9842 | |
9843 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. |
9844 | ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
9845 | |
9846 | /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have |
9847 | /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit |
9848 | /// the specified diagnostic. |
9849 | void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, |
9850 | unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, |
9851 | SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
9852 | |
9853 | /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. |
9854 | /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared |
9855 | /// in the global scope. |
9856 | bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); |
9857 | |
9858 | /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant |
9859 | /// expression violations. |
9860 | class VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
9861 | public: |
9862 | bool Suppress; |
9863 | |
9864 | VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } |
9865 | |
9866 | virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; |
9867 | virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); |
9868 | virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } |
9869 | }; |
9870 | |
9871 | /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, |
9872 | /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. |
9873 | /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. |
9874 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
9875 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
9876 | bool AllowFold = true); |
9877 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
9878 | unsigned DiagID, |
9879 | bool AllowFold = true); |
9880 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
9881 | llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr); |
9882 | |
9883 | /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has |
9884 | /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. |
9885 | /// Returns false on success. |
9886 | /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 |
9887 | ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
9888 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
9889 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); |
9890 | |
9891 | private: |
9892 | unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0; |
9893 | |
9894 | public: |
9895 | /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
9896 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater |
9897 | /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__. |
9898 | void PushForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
9899 | |
9900 | /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
9901 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0 |
9902 | /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error. |
9903 | bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
9904 | |
9905 | /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function |
9906 | /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to |
9907 | /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations. |
9908 | llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9909 | std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>> |
9910 | CUDADeferredDiags; |
9911 | |
9912 | /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the |
9913 | /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed. |
9914 | struct FunctionDeclAndLoc { |
9915 | CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD; |
9916 | SourceLocation Loc; |
9917 | }; |
9918 | |
9919 | /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a |
9920 | /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the |
9921 | /// same deferred diag twice. |
9922 | llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags; |
9923 | |
9924 | /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their |
9925 | /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call). |
9926 | /// |
9927 | /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this |
9928 | /// map. |
9929 | llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9930 | /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc> |
9931 | CUDAKnownEmittedFns; |
9932 | |
9933 | /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA compilation to support |
9934 | /// deferred diagnostics. |
9935 | /// |
9936 | /// Functions are only added here if, at the time they're considered, they are |
9937 | /// not known-emitted. As soon as we discover that a function is |
9938 | /// known-emitted, we remove it and everything it transitively calls from this |
9939 | /// set and add those functions to CUDAKnownEmittedFns. |
9940 | llvm::DenseMap</* Caller = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9941 | /* Callees = */ llvm::MapVector<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9942 | SourceLocation>> |
9943 | CUDACallGraph; |
9944 | |
9945 | /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA errors which may or may not be deferred. |
9946 | /// |
9947 | /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch) |
9948 | /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are |
9949 | /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device |
9950 | /// function is never codegen'ed. |
9951 | /// |
9952 | /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we |
9953 | /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed. |
9954 | /// |
9955 | /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred |
9956 | /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to |
9957 | /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe |
9958 | /// deferred" diagnostics. |
9959 | class CUDADiagBuilder { |
9960 | public: |
9961 | enum Kind { |
9962 | /// Emit no diagnostics. |
9963 | K_Nop, |
9964 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()). |
9965 | K_Immediate, |
9966 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also |
9967 | /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a |
9968 | /// priori known-emitted function. |
9969 | K_ImmediateWithCallStack, |
9970 | /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function |
9971 | /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with |
9972 | /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack. |
9973 | K_Deferred |
9974 | }; |
9975 | |
9976 | CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
9977 | FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S); |
9978 | ~CUDADiagBuilder(); |
9979 | |
9980 | /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if |
9981 | /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error. |
9982 | /// |
9983 | /// Example usage: |
9984 | /// |
9985 | /// if (CUDADiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar) |
9986 | /// return ExprError(); |
9987 | /// |
9988 | /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably |
9989 | /// want to use these instead of creating a CUDADiagBuilder yourself. |
9990 | operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); } |
9991 | |
9992 | template <typename T> |
9993 | friend const CUDADiagBuilder &operator<<(const CUDADiagBuilder &Diag, |
9994 | const T &Value) { |
9995 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
9996 | *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value; |
9997 | else if (Diag.PartialDiag.hasValue()) |
9998 | *Diag.PartialDiag << Value; |
9999 | return Diag; |
10000 | } |
10001 | |
10002 | private: |
10003 | Sema &S; |
10004 | SourceLocation Loc; |
10005 | unsigned DiagID; |
10006 | FunctionDecl *Fn; |
10007 | bool ShowCallStack; |
10008 | |
10009 | // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value. |
10010 | // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists. |
10011 | llvm::Optional<SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiag; |
10012 | llvm::Optional<PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiag; |
10013 | }; |
10014 | |
10015 | /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
10016 | /// is "used as device code". |
10017 | /// |
10018 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics. |
10019 | /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the |
10020 | /// diagnostics immediately. |
10021 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for |
10022 | /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize |
10023 | /// that the function will be codegen'ed. |
10024 | /// |
10025 | /// Example usage: |
10026 | /// |
10027 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code. |
10028 | /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
10029 | /// return ExprError(); |
10030 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
10031 | CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10032 | |
10033 | /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
10034 | /// is "used as host code". |
10035 | /// |
10036 | /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched. |
10037 | CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10038 | |
10039 | enum CUDAFunctionTarget { |
10040 | CFT_Device, |
10041 | CFT_Global, |
10042 | CFT_Host, |
10043 | CFT_HostDevice, |
10044 | CFT_InvalidTarget |
10045 | }; |
10046 | |
10047 | /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc. |
10048 | /// function. |
10049 | /// |
10050 | /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you |
10051 | /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null. |
10052 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, |
10053 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false); |
10054 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const AttributeList *Attr); |
10055 | |
10056 | /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context. |
10057 | CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() { |
10058 | return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)); |
10059 | } |
10060 | |
10061 | // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from |
10062 | // worst to best. |
10063 | enum CUDAFunctionPreference { |
10064 | CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. |
10065 | CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10066 | // function that do not match current compilation |
10067 | // mode. |
10068 | CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions. |
10069 | CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10070 | // function matching current compilation mode. |
10071 | CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls. |
10072 | }; |
10073 | |
10074 | /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee |
10075 | /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. |
10076 | /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. |
10077 | /// nullptr in case of global context. |
10078 | /// \param Callee target function |
10079 | /// |
10080 | /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. |
10081 | CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10082 | const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10083 | |
10084 | /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA |
10085 | /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed. |
10086 | /// |
10087 | /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in |
10088 | /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed. |
10089 | bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10090 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { |
10091 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never; |
10092 | } |
10093 | |
10094 | /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD, |
10095 | /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings. |
10096 | void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, |
10097 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10098 | |
10099 | public: |
10100 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
10101 | /// |
10102 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
10103 | /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false. |
10104 | /// |
10105 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
10106 | /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to |
10107 | /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
10108 | /// |
10109 | /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once, |
10110 | /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate |
10111 | /// deferred errors. |
10112 | /// |
10113 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
10114 | bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10115 | |
10116 | /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda |
10117 | /// operator() method. |
10118 | /// |
10119 | /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit |
10120 | /// the __device__ attribute. Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__ |
10121 | /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves. |
10122 | void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
10123 | |
10124 | /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority |
10125 | /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower |
10126 | /// calling priority. |
10127 | void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( |
10128 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10129 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); |
10130 | |
10131 | /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the |
10132 | /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. |
10133 | /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. |
10134 | /// \param CSM the kind of special member. |
10135 | /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. |
10136 | /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on |
10137 | /// its RHS. |
10138 | /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. |
10139 | /// \return true if there was an error inferring. |
10140 | /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to |
10141 | /// the member declaration. |
10142 | bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
10143 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
10144 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, |
10145 | bool ConstRHS, |
10146 | bool Diagnose); |
10147 | |
10148 | /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA |
10149 | /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide). |
10150 | bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
10151 | bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD); |
10152 | |
10153 | /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits |
10154 | /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not. |
10155 | void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
10156 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10157 | /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD. |
10158 | void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD); |
10159 | |
10160 | /// \name Code completion |
10161 | //@{ |
10162 | /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. |
10163 | enum ParserCompletionContext { |
10164 | /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. |
10165 | PCC_Namespace, |
10166 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. |
10167 | PCC_Class, |
10168 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, |
10169 | /// or category. |
10170 | PCC_ObjCInterface, |
10171 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or |
10172 | /// category implementation |
10173 | PCC_ObjCImplementation, |
10174 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables |
10175 | /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. |
10176 | PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, |
10177 | /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10178 | /// headers. |
10179 | PCC_Template, |
10180 | /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10181 | /// headers within a class. |
10182 | PCC_MemberTemplate, |
10183 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. |
10184 | PCC_Expression, |
10185 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may |
10186 | /// also be an expression or a declaration. |
10187 | PCC_Statement, |
10188 | /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the |
10189 | /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. |
10190 | PCC_ForInit, |
10191 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, |
10192 | /// while, switch, or for statement. |
10193 | PCC_Condition, |
10194 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a |
10195 | /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position |
10196 | /// in the grammar. |
10197 | PCC_RecoveryInFunction, |
10198 | /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. |
10199 | PCC_Type, |
10200 | /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which |
10201 | /// might also be a type cast. |
10202 | PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, |
10203 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration |
10204 | /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. |
10205 | PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers |
10206 | }; |
10207 | |
10208 | void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
10209 | void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
10210 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); |
10211 | void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
10212 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
10213 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); |
10214 | |
10215 | struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; |
10216 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
10217 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); |
10218 | void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
10219 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
10220 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
10221 | void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); |
10222 | void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); |
10223 | void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); |
10224 | void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
10225 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr); |
10226 | void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S); |
10227 | void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); |
10228 | void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10229 | void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc, |
10230 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10231 | void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10232 | void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); |
10233 | void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); |
10234 | void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); |
10235 | |
10236 | void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
10237 | bool EnteringContext); |
10238 | void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); |
10239 | void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); |
10240 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); |
10241 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); |
10242 | void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); |
10243 | void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
10244 | Decl *Constructor, |
10245 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); |
10246 | |
10247 | void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
10248 | bool AfterAmpersand); |
10249 | |
10250 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); |
10251 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); |
10252 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); |
10253 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); |
10254 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); |
10255 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); |
10256 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); |
10257 | void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
10258 | bool IsParameter); |
10259 | void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); |
10260 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
10261 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10262 | bool AtArgumentExpression); |
10263 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
10264 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10265 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
10266 | bool IsSuper = false); |
10267 | void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
10268 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10269 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
10270 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); |
10271 | void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
10272 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); |
10273 | void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
10274 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
10275 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
10276 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols); |
10277 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); |
10278 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); |
10279 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, |
10280 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10281 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10282 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); |
10283 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
10284 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10285 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10286 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
10287 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10288 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10289 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); |
10290 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, |
10291 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); |
10292 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
10293 | ParsedType ReturnType); |
10294 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, |
10295 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
10296 | bool AtParameterName, |
10297 | ParsedType ReturnType, |
10298 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
10299 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
10300 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
10301 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
10302 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); |
10303 | void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); |
10304 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); |
10305 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); |
10306 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
10307 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
10308 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
10309 | unsigned Argument); |
10310 | void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); |
10311 | void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName(); |
10312 | void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
10313 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
10314 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); |
10315 | //@} |
10316 | |
10317 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
10318 | // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system |
10319 | |
10320 | public: |
10321 | SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, |
10322 | unsigned ByteNo) const; |
10323 | |
10324 | private: |
10325 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, |
10326 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, |
10327 | bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); |
10328 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); |
10329 | // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a |
10330 | // FunctionDeclaration. |
10331 | struct FormatStringInfo { |
10332 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
10333 | unsigned FirstDataArg; |
10334 | bool HasVAListArg; |
10335 | }; |
10336 | |
10337 | static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, |
10338 | FormatStringInfo *FSI); |
10339 | bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10340 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10341 | bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, |
10342 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); |
10343 | bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10344 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10345 | bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10346 | void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10347 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10348 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10349 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10350 | |
10351 | void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10352 | const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10353 | bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
10354 | VariadicCallType CallType); |
10355 | |
10356 | bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); |
10357 | ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg); |
10358 | |
10359 | ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10360 | unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10361 | |
10362 | bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10363 | unsigned MaxWidth); |
10364 | bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10365 | bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10366 | |
10367 | bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10368 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10369 | bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10370 | bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10371 | bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10372 | bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10373 | bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10374 | |
10375 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10376 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call); |
10377 | bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10378 | bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); |
10379 | bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10380 | bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10381 | |
10382 | public: |
10383 | // Used by C++ template instantiation. |
10384 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10385 | ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
10386 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
10387 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
10388 | |
10389 | private: |
10390 | bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10391 | bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10392 | bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10393 | bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10394 | bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10395 | bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10396 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
10397 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
10398 | ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
10399 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); |
10400 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
10401 | bool IsDelete); |
10402 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10403 | llvm::APSInt &Result); |
10404 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10405 | int Low, int High); |
10406 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10407 | unsigned Multiple); |
10408 | bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10409 | int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, |
10410 | bool AllowName); |
10411 | public: |
10412 | enum FormatStringType { |
10413 | FST_Scanf, |
10414 | FST_Printf, |
10415 | FST_NSString, |
10416 | FST_Strftime, |
10417 | FST_Strfmon, |
10418 | FST_Kprintf, |
10419 | FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, |
10420 | FST_OSTrace, |
10421 | FST_OSLog, |
10422 | FST_Unknown |
10423 | }; |
10424 | static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); |
10425 | |
10426 | bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); |
10427 | |
10428 | static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); |
10429 | |
10430 | private: |
10431 | bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, |
10432 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10433 | bool IsCXXMember, |
10434 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
10435 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
10436 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
10437 | bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10438 | bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, |
10439 | unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, |
10440 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
10441 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, |
10442 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
10443 | |
10444 | void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, |
10445 | const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
10446 | |
10447 | void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
10448 | |
10449 | void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10450 | unsigned BId, |
10451 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10452 | |
10453 | void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10454 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10455 | |
10456 | void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10457 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10458 | |
10459 | void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, |
10460 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
10461 | bool isObjCMethod = false, |
10462 | const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, |
10463 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
10464 | |
10465 | public: |
10466 | void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
10467 | |
10468 | private: |
10469 | void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); |
10470 | void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); |
10471 | void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); |
10472 | void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); |
10473 | |
10474 | /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either |
10475 | /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. |
10476 | void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), |
10477 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
10478 | |
10479 | void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, |
10480 | Expr *Init); |
10481 | |
10482 | /// Check if there is a field shadowing. |
10483 | void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc, |
10484 | DeclarationName FieldName, |
10485 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
10486 | |
10487 | /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' |
10488 | /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. |
10489 | void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); |
10490 | |
10491 | /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which |
10492 | /// attempts to add itself into the container |
10493 | void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); |
10494 | |
10495 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); |
10496 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, |
10497 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm); |
10498 | public: |
10499 | /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. |
10500 | void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, |
10501 | uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, |
10502 | bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); |
10503 | |
10504 | struct TypeTagData { |
10505 | TypeTagData() {} |
10506 | |
10507 | TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : |
10508 | Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), |
10509 | MustBeNull(MustBeNull) |
10510 | {} |
10511 | |
10512 | QualType Type; |
10513 | |
10514 | /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for |
10515 | /// layout-compatibility. |
10516 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
10517 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
10518 | }; |
10519 | |
10520 | /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely |
10521 | /// identifies the magic value. |
10522 | typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; |
10523 | |
10524 | private: |
10525 | /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. |
10526 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> |
10527 | TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; |
10528 | |
10529 | /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag |
10530 | /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. |
10531 | void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, |
10532 | const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs, |
10533 | SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); |
10534 | |
10535 | /// \brief Check if we are taking the address of a packed field |
10536 | /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced. |
10537 | void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs); |
10538 | |
10539 | /// \brief The parser's current scope. |
10540 | /// |
10541 | /// The parser maintains this state here. |
10542 | Scope *CurScope; |
10543 | |
10544 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; |
10545 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; |
10546 | |
10547 | /// Nullability type specifiers. |
10548 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; |
10549 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; |
10550 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; |
10551 | |
10552 | IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; |
10553 | |
10554 | /// \brief The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events. |
10555 | /// |
10556 | /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include |
10557 | /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack. |
10558 | sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler; |
10559 | |
10560 | protected: |
10561 | friend class Parser; |
10562 | friend class InitializationSequence; |
10563 | friend class ASTReader; |
10564 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
10565 | friend class ASTWriter; |
10566 | |
10567 | public: |
10568 | /// Retrieve the keyword associated |
10569 | IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); |
10570 | |
10571 | /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. |
10572 | RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; |
10573 | |
10574 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". |
10575 | IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); |
10576 | |
10577 | /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. |
10578 | /// |
10579 | /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis |
10580 | /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case |
10581 | /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. |
10582 | /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser |
10583 | /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from |
10584 | /// template substitution or instantiation. |
10585 | Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } |
10586 | |
10587 | void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { |
10588 | return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); |
10589 | } |
10590 | |
10591 | IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; |
10592 | IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; |
10593 | |
10594 | Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; |
10595 | |
10596 | DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { |
10597 | return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; |
10598 | } |
10599 | |
10600 | const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { |
10601 | const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); |
10602 | // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. |
10603 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
10604 | DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
10605 | return DC; |
10606 | } |
10607 | |
10608 | /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to |
10609 | /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. |
10610 | static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, |
10611 | bool PartialOverloading = false) { |
10612 | // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. |
10613 | if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) |
10614 | return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. |
10615 | return NumArgs > NumParams; |
10616 | } |
10617 | |
10618 | // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class |
10619 | // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. |
10620 | SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; |
10621 | |
10622 | private: |
10623 | class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII { |
10624 | public: |
10625 | SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); } |
10626 | |
10627 | ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() { |
10628 | assert(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty () && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10629, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10629 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty () && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10629, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10630 | assert(S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10631 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member "(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10632 | "exception specs")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10633 | assert(S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10634, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10634 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn329677/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10634, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10635 | swapSavedState(); |
10636 | } |
10637 | |
10638 | private: |
10639 | Sema &S; |
10640 | decltype(DelayedExceptionSpecChecks) SavedExceptionSpecChecks; |
10641 | decltype(DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs) |
10642 | SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; |
10643 | decltype(DelayedDllExportClasses) SavedDllExportClasses; |
10644 | |
10645 | void swapSavedState() { |
10646 | SavedExceptionSpecChecks.swap(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks); |
10647 | SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.swap( |
10648 | S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs); |
10649 | SavedDllExportClasses.swap(S.DelayedDllExportClasses); |
10650 | } |
10651 | }; |
10652 | |
10653 | /// \brief Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and |
10654 | /// their location info for delayed diagnostics. |
10655 | struct MisalignedMember { |
10656 | Expr *E; |
10657 | RecordDecl *RD; |
10658 | ValueDecl *MD; |
10659 | CharUnits Alignment; |
10660 | |
10661 | MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {} |
10662 | MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
10663 | CharUnits Alignment) |
10664 | : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {} |
10665 | explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E) |
10666 | : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {} |
10667 | |
10668 | bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; } |
10669 | }; |
10670 | /// \brief Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members |
10671 | /// due to the packed attribute. |
10672 | SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers; |
10673 | |
10674 | /// \brief Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members. |
10675 | void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
10676 | CharUnits Alignment); |
10677 | |
10678 | public: |
10679 | /// \brief Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically |
10680 | /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the |
10681 | /// diagnostics. |
10682 | void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers(); |
10683 | |
10684 | /// \brief This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially |
10685 | /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower |
10686 | /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when |
10687 | /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to |
10688 | /// void*). |
10689 | void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E); |
10690 | |
10691 | /// \brief This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a |
10692 | /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit |
10693 | /// local diagnostics like in reference binding. |
10694 | void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment( |
10695 | Expr *E, |
10696 | llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> |
10697 | Action); |
10698 | }; |
10699 | |
10700 | /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. |
10701 | class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { |
10702 | Sema &Actions; |
10703 | bool Entered = true; |
10704 | |
10705 | public: |
10706 | |
10707 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, |
10708 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
10709 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
10710 | bool IsDecltype = false, |
10711 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
10712 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) { |
10713 | if (Entered) |
10714 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, |
10715 | IsDecltype); |
10716 | } |
10717 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, |
10718 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
10719 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
10720 | bool IsDecltype = false) |
10721 | : Actions(Actions) { |
10722 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, |
10723 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, |
10724 | IsDecltype); |
10725 | } |
10726 | |
10727 | enum InitListTag { InitList }; |
10728 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag, |
10729 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
10730 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) { |
10731 | // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of |
10732 | // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands. |
10733 | // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such |
10734 | // a context. |
10735 | if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() && |
10736 | Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
10737 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
10738 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList, nullptr, false); |
10739 | Entered = true; |
10740 | } |
10741 | } |
10742 | |
10743 | ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
10744 | if (Entered) |
10745 | Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
10746 | } |
10747 | }; |
10748 | |
10749 | DeductionFailureInfo |
10750 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
10751 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
10752 | |
10753 | /// \brief Contains a late templated function. |
10754 | /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. |
10755 | struct LateParsedTemplate { |
10756 | CachedTokens Toks; |
10757 | /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. |
10758 | Decl *D; |
10759 | }; |
10760 | |
10761 | } // end namespace clang |
10762 | |
10763 | namespace llvm { |
10764 | // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its |
10765 | // SourceLocation. |
10766 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> { |
10767 | using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc; |
10768 | using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>; |
10769 | |
10770 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() { |
10771 | return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
10772 | } |
10773 | |
10774 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() { |
10775 | return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
10776 | } |
10777 | |
10778 | static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) { |
10779 | return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD), |
10780 | FDL.Loc.getRawEncoding()); |
10781 | } |
10782 | |
10783 | static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS, |
10784 | const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) { |
10785 | return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc; |
10786 | } |
10787 | }; |
10788 | } // namespace llvm |
10789 | |
10790 | #endif |